college of science and commerce (autonomous) chinnavedampatti, coimbatore - 641 049 an autonomous...

CMS COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND COMMERCE (AUTONOMOUS)

Chinnavedampatti, Coimbatore - 641 049

An autonomous Institution, Affiliated to Bharathiar University

College with Potential Excellence (by UGC)

Re – Accredited by NAAC with ‘A’ Grade (CGPA-3.53 out of 4)

Phone No: 2666465

Email: [email protected]

Website: www.cmscbe.com

SCHOOL OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES

DIVISION OF MICROBIOLOGY

B.Sc., Microbiology

M.Sc., Microbiology

&

M.Sc., Applied Microbiology

MINUTES OF 10TH BOARD OF STUDIES, CURRICULUM,

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION AND SYLLABI (CBCS)

(2017)

1 Director, SBS

CMSCOLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND COMMERCE(Autonomous)

COIMBATORE – 641 049.



MINUTES OF THE 11thBOARD OF STUDIES HELD ON 12.06.2016(UG BOARD)

Recommendation made by the External Board members in the stream ofUG Microbiology.

1. The scheme for I B.Sc., Microbiology (2017-2020 batch), has been modified on the basis

of outcome based education which includes vision, mission, programme educational

objectives (PEOs), programme outcomes (POs) and mapping of PEO and POs. Syllabus

for each subject has been framed and passed with the course objectives, course outcomes

and mapping with POs for 2017-2020 batch and onwards.

2. Instructional hours for Foundation Course I and II (FC I and II) has been excluded from

the scheme and is considered as self-study paper from 2017-2020 batch onwards.

3. One hour from the instructional hours (2 hours) ofFC I and II has been incorporated in

Core Paper II – Biochemistry and increased from 4 hours to 5 hrs. One hour from the

instructional hours of FC I and II was added to Core practical I and increased from 2

hours to 3 hours in the first semester. In the second semester, 2 instructional hours of FC

I and II has been added toCore practical I and increased from 4 hours to 6 hours for the

batch 2017-2020 and onwards.

4. Modular course has been introduced for I B.Sc., Microbiology (2017-2020 batch and

onwards) and it consist of module 1 and 2. Module 1 consists of 2 papers and module 2

consists of 3 papers. 2017 batch graduates will be awarded with a certificate of diploma

in Clinical Laboratory Technology.

5. The Scheme for modular course and Syllabus of module 1 for 2017-2020 batch and

onwards is framed and passed in the meeting.

6. The syllabus of paper I and II of Module II is passed for the batch 2017 onwards. The

title of the paper III of Module II are also passed. The paper titles are as follows: Module

II – Paper I. Human Physiology, Paper II – Clinical Biochemistry, Paper III – Clinical

Microbiology.

2 Director, SBS

7. The paper Elective III of Group B – Entrepreneur Microbiology has been changed to

Bioprospecting and the paper elective III of Group C –Nanobiotechnology has been

changed to Good Laboratory Practices in the scheme for 2017-20 batch and onwards.

8. The Skill Based Subject III and IV– Clinical Laboratory Technology I and II has been

excluded and instead the papers Entrepreneur Microbiology and Bionanotechnology

respectively has been included in fifth and sixth semester in the scheme of 2017-2020

batch and onwards.

9. The syllabus for III-B.Sc., Microbiology (2015-2018 batch), II-BSc., Microbiology

(2016-19 batch) and I B.Sc., Microbiology (2017-20 batch) is passed with the below

mentioned changes.

10. The text books and the reference books has been updated for the B.Sc programs.

11. The online papers has been passed for this academic year.

The overall percentage of modifications in UG Microbiology syllabus is approximately 10 to

15%.

Inter disciplinary course in Bioinstrumentation:

An Inter Disciplinary course is offered to the 2017-2020 batch, in collaboration with the

department of Electronics, titled “Bioinstrumentation”. This can be opted by the students of

B.Sc., Biochemistry, B.Sc., Biotechnology, B.Sc., Microbiology and B.Sc., Electronics students,

in their fourth semester and will be eligible for 2 additional credits on passing the ESE in this

paper. The maximum mark for this paper is 50, which shall comprise of 40 marks for ESE and

10 marks for CIA. The CIA component shall be 5 marks for assignment and 5 marks for the

attendance.

Modular Course:

The 2017-2020 batch will be offered a modular course spread over 5 semesters, each semester

one paper will be taught for a total of 30 hours, inclusive of 8 hours of practical/field

visit/training and 2 hours of centralized examination. On successful completion of Module I (2

papers), the student will be awarded a certificate and on completion of Module II (3 papers), a

diploma will be awarded. Upon completion of 60 hours in Module – I the students are eligible to

receive “Certificate in Clinical Laboratory Technology” along with four extra credits. Upon

completion of 150 hours of Module – I & II the students are eligible to receive “Diploma

3 Director, SBS

inClinical Laboratory Technology”along with an additional six extra credits (Totally 10 credits).

Students will be eligible for credits only on completion of the entire module.

4 Director, SBS

SUGGESTIONS FOR THE MODIFICATIONS IN THE SYLLABUS FRAMED

I-B.Sc., MICROBIOLOGY (2017-20)

Core Paper I: Cell Biology

The topic “Introduction to stem cells” was added to Unit I.

Core Paper II: Biochemistry

Few topics are added in the core Biochemistry paper like structure of purines and pyrimidines etc with the

removal of Calvin cycle from unit I.

The book “Principles of Biochemistry. Lehninger, 5th Edition, W.H freeman and Company, New

York” was added as a text book instead of reference book.

Core Practical I – Cell Biology, Biochemistry and Microbiology

Addition of“Mannitol salt agar” was done in Microbiology practical.

Allied Paper I: Chemistry I – Inorganic and Physical Chemistry

In Unit-V, the topics “Radioactivity, Radioactive Decay, Measurement of Radioactivity –

Ionization - GM Counter, Excitation – Scintillation Counting” were added and the topics “Types

of Rays, Properties and Measurement (GM Counter), “An introduction to radio isotopes” were

deleted.

Allied Practical I: Chemistry

The topic “Phenol – Monohydric Phenol” was added and “Resorcinol - Polyhydric Phenol” was

deleted.

II-B.Sc., MICROBIOLOGY (2016-2019)

Core Paper IV: Microbial Taxonomy and Diversity

In Unit-I, the topic “Ecological niche” was removed and the topic is changed to” Introduction to

Evolution”.

III-B.Sc., MICROBIOLOGY (2015-2018)

Core paper X: Immunology

In Unit I, “Dentritic cells” was added.

In Unit II, “Cytokines and their functions” was included.

In Unit III, “Haemagglutination” was added.

5 Director, SBS

Online Papers for both Odd and Even Semester

Class and Batch Odd Semester Even Semester

I-B.Sc., (MB), 2017-20 Core Paper I: Cell Biology Core Paper III: Introductory

Microbiology

II-B.Sc., (MB), 2016-19

SBS I: Analytical

Biochemistry and

Biomedical Instrumentation

SBS II: Bioinformatics

III-B.Sc., (MB), 2015-18 Core Paper X: Immunology

Elective II: Environmental

and Agricultural

Microbiology

6 Director, SBS

CMS COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND COMMERCE (Autonomous)




MINUTES OF THE 11thBOARD OF STUDIES HELD ON 12.06.2016(PG BOARD)

Recommendation made by the External Board members in the stream of PG Microbiology.

1. Modular course has been introduced for I-M.Sc., Microbiology and I-M.Sc., Applied

Microbiology (2017-2019 batch and onwards) and it consist of module 1, 2 and 3.

Module 1 consists of 2 papers, module 2 consists of 3 papers and module 3 consists of 3

papers. 2017 batch post-graduates will be awarded with a certificate of Post-Graduate

Diploma in Clinical Laboratory Technology.

2. The syllabus of paper I and II of Module II is passed for the batch 2017 onwards. The

title of the paper III of Module II and three papers of Module III are also passed. The

paper tiltles are as follows: Module II – Paper I. Human Physiology (SS*), Paper II –

Clinical Biochemistry (T), Paper III – Clinical Microbiology (T*). Module III – Paper I –

Endocrinology and tumour markers (T), Paper II – Immunology, Serology and

Parasitology (SS) and Paper III – Molecular Diagnostics (SS). (*SS – Self study paper, T

– Taught programme).

3. The Scheme for modular course and Syllabus of module 1 for 2017-2019 batch and

onwards is framed and passed in the meeting.

4. The papers “Research methodology and Analytical techniques” (Sem I, Elective-I) and

“Bioethics, Biosafety, TQM and IPR” (Sem-II, Core paper VIII) has been swapped.

5. 50 marks and 2 credits from “Project” was allocated to “Industrial/Institutional Training”

and made as a compulsory component of the curriculum.

6. The text books and the reference books have been updated for the PG program.

7. The online papers have been passed for this academic year.

8. The overall percentage for modification in PG Microbiology syllabus is approximately

10 to 15%

7 Director, SBS

SUGGESTIONS FOR THE MODIFICATIONS IN THE SYLLABUS FRAMED

I-M.Sc., APPLIED MICROBIOLOGY (2017-19)

Practical I: Microbial physiology, Molecular genetics and Food Microbiology

Correction of term “Turbidometric” to “Turbidimetric” and deletion of the word “production” in

“Indole production test”.

PaperIV: Molecular Genetics

In Unit-II, “Non-coding RNA – Small, long and circular” was included.

PaperVI: Industrial Microbiology

In UnitI, “(Primary and Secondary) Characteristics of industrially important microbes” was

included. Modificationof the word“SSF “to “solid state fermentation” was done in Unit-III. In

Unit-V, the topic “lipases” and “Amphotericin-B” was added.

Paper VII: Recombinant DNA Technology

In Unit II, “Northern and Southern blotting” was included.

In Unit IV, “Affimetrix®” was added.

Elective II: Bioinformatics

In Unit III, “Biopython” was included.

In Unit V, the topic “ADME properties” was added.

I-M.Sc., MICROBIOLOGY (2017-19)

PaperIV: Molecular Genetics

In Unit-II, “Non-coding RNA – Small, long and circular” was included.

Paper-V: Environmental Microbiology

In Unit-I, the topics “virus and helminthes” was deleted and the topic “Temperature” was

included. In Unit-II, the topic “gaseous emission” and “their symptoms” were deleted. The

topics “Algae, Phytoplankton”, “Drinking water – Potability” was deleted from Unit-III and

“Potability of Drinking water – Quality standards for drinking water” was included. In Unit-IV,

rearrangement of“Types and sources of solid and liquid wastes” was done from “solid and liquid

waste”.

8 Director, SBS

Paper VII: Recombinant DNA Technology

In Unit II, “Northern and Southern blotting” was included.

In Unit IV, “Affimetrix®” was added.

Elective-II: Bioinformatics

In Unit III, “Biopython” was included.

In Unit-V, the topic “ADME properties” was added.

II-M.Sc., APPLIED MICROBIOLOGY (2016-18)

Paper XI: Immunology and Immunotechnology

In Unit II, “Definition and Classification of Exo and Endo toxins”

In Unit IV, “Immuno–suppressants” was changed as “Immunosuppressants”

In Unit V, “Immuno–technology” was changed as “Immunotechnology”, “immune–diffusion”

was rewritten as “immunodiffusion”, “Immuno–fluorescent”, was written as

“Immunofluorescent” and “immune–electron” was written as “immunoelectron”.

“Immunohistochemistry – an overview” was included.

Paper XII: Genomics and Proteomics

In Unit I, “NGS (Next Generation Sequencing)” was added.

In Unit-II, inclusion of“Hidden Markov Model” was done.

Inclusion of“Secondary structure prediction: Chou – Fasman / GOR method, Neural network”

was done in Unit-IV.

In Unit V, “MALDI-TOF and its variants” was included.

II-M.Sc., MICROBIOLOGY (2016-18)

Paper XI: Immunology and Immunotechnology

In Unit II, “Definition and Classification of Exo and Endo toxins”

In Unit IV, “Immuno–suppressants” was changed as “Immunosuppressants”

In Unit V, “Immuno–technology” was changed as “Immunotechnology”, “immune–diffusion”

was rewritten as “immunodiffusion”, “Immuno–fluorescent”, was written as

9 Director, SBS

“Immunofluorescent” and “immune–electron” was written as “immunoelectron”.

“Immunohistochemistry – an overview” was included.

Paper XII: Genomics and Proteomics

In Unit I, “NGS (Next Generation Sequencing)” was added.

In Unit-II, inclusion of “Hidden Markov Model” was done.

Inclusion of “Secondary structure prediction: Chou – Fasman / GOR method, Neural network”

was done in Unit-IV.

In Unit V, “MALDI-TOF and its variants” was included.

The overall percentage of modifications in PG Microbiology syllabus is approximately 10 to

15%.

Online Papers for both Odd and Even Semester

Class and Batch Odd Semester Even Semester

I-M.Sc., (MB), 2017-19

Elective I: Research

Methodology and

Bioanalytical techniques

Paper VIII: Bioethics,

Biosafety, TQM and IPR

I-M.Sc., (AMB), 2017-19

Elective I: Research

Methodology and

Bioanalytical techniques

Paper VIII: Bioethics,

Biosafety, TQM and IPR

II-M.Sc., (MB), 2016-18 Paper XI: Immunology and

Immunotechnology

Paper VIII: Soil and

Agricultural Microbiology

II-M.Sc., (AMB), 2016-18 Paper XI: Immunology and

Immunotechnology

Paper VIII: Environmental

and Agricultural

Microbiology

10 Director, SBS






Phone No: 2666465





I Year B.Sc., MICROBIOLOGY

CURRICULUM, SCHEME OF EXAMINATION AND SYLLABI (CBCS) (2017)

(FOR THE STUDENTS ADMITTED DURING THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2017)

11 Director, SBS

Anx.UMb11,1B.Sc. Mb (CMS College) 2017 2017-20 batch

Page No.2

DEPARTMENT OF MICROBIOLOGY

VISION OF THE DEPARTMENT

To produce competent professionals in every field of Microbiology by providing inspirational

learning process to complement our national needs and to be recognized as a Centre of

Excellence in Research, Innovation, Consultancy and Entrepreneurship.

MISSION OF THE DEPARTMENT

To provide facilities and offer opportunities for graduate and post-graduate education in

microbiology through advanced instruction/teaching methodologies, quality training and

innovative research;

To prosecute and promote research in microbiology for the advancement of knowledge

and for the betterment of society.

To serve as a centre for fostering co-operation and exchange of ideas between the

academic, research and industrial sector.

B.Sc., MICROBIOLOGY COURSE

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES

PEO 1: To acquire basic knowledge on core concepts in diverse field of Microbiology.

PEO 2: To inculcate practical training on basic techniques and processes in Microbiology.

PEO 3: To impart skill-based education for entrepreneurial development.

PEO 4: To adapt with the continuously evolving technologies in industry.

After completion of the program the graduates will be able to

PO1: Execute the knowledge in identifying problems and to develop a solution.

PO2: Apply/improve analytical and technical skills to enhance employment potential.

PO3: Implement the skill set to become a successful entrepreneur.

PO4: Acquire a holistic professional career in hospitals, food and pharmaceutical industries.

12 Director, SBS


Page No.3

MAPPING OF PEO’S AND PO’S

PEO1 PEO2 PEO3 PEO4

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

DISTRIBUTION OF THE MARKS AND CREDITS UNDER CBCS

PART SUBJECT No of

Papers

Marks

@ Credits

I Language – I Tamil /Malayalam/Hindi/French 4 400 16

II Language – II English 4 400 16

III

Core Subjects 16 $ 1500 60

Allied Subjects 6** 400 16

Elective Subjects 3 300 12

Practicum - 50 2

IV

1 - Non-Major Elective – I

Basic Tamil₤/Women’s Rights

2- Non-Major Elective – II

Advanced Tamil₤/General Awareness

2 100 # 4

2 – Skill Based Subjects 4 200 8

3 – Foundation Course I 1 50 # 2

4 – Foundation Course II 1 50 # 2

V Extension Activities - 50!! 2

VI Library - - -

Total 3500 140

13 Director, SBS


Page No.4

Note: I

@ Includes 25/40% continuous assessment marks for theory and practical subjects

respectively.

$ In core subjects both theory and practical should be included wherever applicable.

** In allied subjects both theory and practical should be included wherever applicable.

# No continuous internal assessment for these subjects.

!! The evaluation of extension activities will be based on NSS/ NCC/ SPORTS/ Red Cross.

₤ Continuous internal assessment for these subjects.

∞ Foundation Course I and II are included as self study

The following parameters are considered throughout study period.

i) Regularity of attendance

ii) Active participation in classes/Camps/Games (College/District//University)

iii) Exemplary awards/certificates/prizes

iv) Other social components (Blood camp, Fine arts etc)

Note: II

The Credit points and Lecture Hours are not linked.

14 Director, SBS


Page No.5

Annex: UG MB

BOS DT: 12:06:2017

B.Sc., MICROBIOLOGY DEGREE COURSE

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION - CBCS PATTERN


Sem

este

r

Par

t

Su

bje

ct c

ode

Subject Tile

Inst

. H

rs p

er w

eek

Examination Details

Cre

dit

s

Du

rati

on

hou

rs

CIA

En

d S

emes

ter

Exa

m

Tot

al M

ark

s

SEMESTER I

I

I Language I 6 3 25 75 100 4

II English I 6 3 25 75 100 4

III Core Paper I – Cell Biology 4 3 25 75 100 4

III Core Paper II – Biochemistry 5 3 25 75 100 4

III Core Practical I – Cell Biology,

Biochemistry and Microbiology 3 - - - - -

III

Allied Paper I – Chemistry I:

Inorganic and Physical

Chemistry

4 3 20 55 75 3

III Allied Practical I – Chemistry 2 - - - - -

IV Foundation Course I –

Environmental Studies - 3 - 50 50 2

Total 30 - - - 525 21

SEMESTER II

II

I Language II 6 3 25 75 100 4

II English II 6 3 25 75 100 4

III Core Paper III – Introductory

Microbiology 5 3 25 75 100 4

15 Director, SBS


Page No.6

III Core Practical I: Cell Biology,

Biochemistry and Microbiology 6 3 40 60 100 4

III Allied Paper II – Chemistry II:

Organic Chemistry 4 3 20 55 75 3

III Allied Practical I – Chemistry 3 3 20 30 50 2

IV Foundation Course II – Ethics

and culture - 3 - 50 50 2

Total 30 - - - 575 23

SEMESTER III

III

I Language III 6 3 25 75 100 4

II English III 6 3 25 75 100 4

III Core Paper IV – Microbial

Taxonomy and Diversity 4 3 25 75 100 4

III Core paper V – Microbial

Physiology 4 3 25 75 100 4

III

Core Practical II – Molecular

Genetics and Microbial

Physiology

2 - - - - -

III Allied paper III – Basic

Mathematics 3 3 20 55 75 3

IV

Skill based Subject 1 –

Analytical Biochemistry and


3 3 10 40 50 2

IV Non-major elective I – Basic

Tamil / Women’s Rights 2 3 - 50 50 2

Total 30 - - - 575 23

SEMESTER IV

IV I Language – IV 6 3 25 75 100 4

II English IV 6 3 25 75 100 4

16 Director, SBS


Page No.7

III Core Paper VI – Molecular

Genetics 4 3 25 75 100 4

III



Physiology

4 6 40 60 100 4

III

Allied Paper IV –

Fundamentals of Computers

& C Programming

3 3 20 55 75 3

III

Allied Practical II –

Fundamentals of Computers

& C Programming

2 3 20 30 50 2

IV Skill based Subject 2 –

Bioinformatics 3 3 10 40 50 2

IV Non-major elective II –

General Awareness 2 3 - 50 50 2

Total 30 - - - 625 25

SEMESTER V

V

III Core Paper VII – Medical

Microbiology-I 4 3 25 75 100 4

III Core Paper VIII – Genetic

Engineering 5 3 25 75 100 4

III Core Paper IX – Virology 5 3 25 75 100 4

III Core Paper X – Immunology 4 3 25 75 100 4

III Elective – I 4 3 25 75 100 4

IV Skill based Subject 3 –

Entrepreneur Microbiology 3 3 10 40 50 2

III

Core Practical III – Medical

Microbiology, Industrial and


5 - - - - -

III Practicum* - - 20 30 50 2

Total 30 - - - 600 24

17 Director, SBS


Page No.8

SEMESTER VI

VI

III Core Paper XI – Medical

Microbiology II 5 3 25 75 100 4

III Core Paper XII – Industrial


III

Core Practical III – Medical

Microbiology, Industrial and


6 9 40 60 100 4

III Elective – II 5 3 25 75 100 4

III Elective – III 5 3 25 75 100 4

IV Skill based Subject 4 – Bio

nanotechnology 3 3 10 40 50 2

V Extension Activities - - 50 - 50 2

VI Library 1 - - - - -

Total 30 - - - 600 24

Grand total - - - - 3500 140

Practicum:

Each student has to undergo an Industrial / Institutional training during the summer vacation

prior to Semester V. This should be of a minimum duration of 15 working days at any off-

campus site approved by the Director. Students are required to submit three copies of

Practicum report with attendance certificate upon completion and the bonafide report carried

out by the candidate under the guidance of a faculty authenticated and countersigned by the

Director. This practicum must be presented by the candidate in the department (at the end of

fifth semester) attended by all faculty and reviewed by the respective guide as examiner.

@ Practicum:

Attendance and internal assessment by the guide = 20 marks (Internal)

Final Viva Voce = 30 marks (External) (Dissertation = 20 marks + Viva = 10 marks)

Total Credits: 140 [Part I -16, Part II -16, Part III-90, Part IV -16, Part V-2]

18 Director, SBS


Page No.9

Each paper carries an internal component; there is a pass minimum for External component

and overall.

Distribution of marks between Internal* and External assessment

Theory: Internal assessment (25)*: External assessment (75)

Practical: Internal assessment (40)*: External assessment (60)

COMPONENTS OF INTERNAL ASSESSMENT

Theory (for 25 marks): One Internal test and One Model test in each semester

Internal Test: 05 marks*

End semester Model test: 10 marks

One Assignment: 05 marks

Overall performance: 05 marks

Allied/ SBS(for 20 marks): One Internal test and One Model test in each semester




Overall performance: 04marks

Core Practical I, II: (for 40 marks):

Minimum 10 experiments to be conducted/ semester: 20 marks

Average of two tests: 15 marks

Observation: 05 marks

Core Practical III:



Record work: 05 marks

Allied: (20 marks)


End semester Model test: 08marks

19 Director, SBS


Page No.10



SBS: (10 marks)





*Retest for internal examination to be conducted for genuine cases as per the

recommendations of class in charge and subject in charge. The final decision to be made by

the Director.

Electives: List of Group Elective papers (Students can choose any one of the Group papers as

electives)

Papers Group A Group B Group C

Paper I Food and Dairy Microbiology

Parasitology Biomolecules

Paper II Environmental and


Medical Biochemistry Plant Biotechnology

Paper III

Pharmaceutical Microbiology

Bio prospecting Good Laboratory

Practices

20 Director, SBS


Page No.11

Annex EDC: UG MB

BOS DT: 12:06:2017

CMS COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND COMMERCE, (AUTONOMOUS)


B. Sc., Microbiology

EXTRA DISCIPLINARY COURSE (EDC)

(For the students admitted during the academic year 2014 onwards)

Note:

The student has to compulsorily select one Extra Disciplinary Course offered by other

departments and are eligible to get 2 extra credits. This paper is offered as self-study

from the 2014 batch onwards.

Par

t

Su

b c

ode

Subject

Ins.

Hrs

per

w

eek

Examinations

Du

r. E

xam

in

hrs

CIA

ES

E

Tot

al

mar

ks

Cre

dit

Semester V

VI Mushroom cultivation - 3 10 40 50 2

Total - - - - 50 2

21 Director, SBS


Page No.12



B. Sc., MICROBIOLOGY

MODULAR COURSE

Diploma in Clinical Laboratory Technology (Diploma in CLT)


Note:

The student has to undergo compulsorily a Diploma course offered by the department

and the student is eligible to get 2 extra credits for each module. This diploma course

consists of module 1 and 2. Module 1 consists of 2 papers and Module 2 consists of 3

papers. Total credits of the modular course are 10. After the successful completion of

the Module I and II, students are eligible to get a Diploma in Clinical Laboratory

Technology

Minimum 10 days of clinical laboratory training is compulsory during IIIrd year.

Par

t

Su

b c

ode

Subject

Ins.

hrs

/ se

m

Examinations

Du

r.

Exa

m

in h

rs

CIA

ES

E

Tot

al

mar

ks

Cre

dit

Module I – Paper I – Introduction to Clinical Laboratory Technology

30 90

mins 10 40 50 2

Module I – Paper II – Techniques in Clinical Laboratory Technology

30 90

mins 10 40 50 2

Module II – Paper I - Human Physiology

30 90

mins 10 40 50 2

Module II – Paper II – Clinical Biochemistry

30 90

mins 10 40 50 2

Module II – Paper III – Clinical Microbiology

30 90

mins 10 40 50 2

Total 150 50 200 250 10

22 Director, SBS


Page No.13

Year Odd semester Even semester Module details

I - 1st paper Module 1

II 2nd paper (Module 1) 1st paper (Module 2) Module 1 and 2

III 2nd paper (module 2) 3rd paper (Module 2) Module 2

23 Director, SBS


Page No.14

SEMESTER – I

COURSE: B.Sc., Microbiology

SUBJECT TITLE: Core Paper I – Cell Biology

NUMBER OF HOURS/WEEK: 4 Hrs

COURSE OBJECTIVE

Understanding the structural and functional aspects of the cell, provide the student with a

strong foundation in the molecular mechanisms underlying cellular functions.

COURSE OUTCOMES AND ITS COMPETENCY LEVEL

CO1: Understand the structural and functional aspects of the cell (K2)

CO2: Recognize the role of different outer structural membranes (K1)

CO3: Examine the characteristics of cellular organelles and interpret how it is involved in cell

activity (K4)

CO4: Discover the similarities and dissimilarities between the organelles having its own DNA

(K3)

CO5: Interpret the characteristics of genetic material, how it flows from one generation to

another in different life forms and understand the diseases caused by mistakes in the flow (K4)

MAPPING WITH PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

24 Director, SBS


Page No.15

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Origin and evolution of life. Early chemical investigation in cell biology, cell theory, Types of

tissues, Classification of cells: Prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, and their comparison.

Comparison of microbial, plant, and animal cells. Introduction to stem cells.

UNIT-II

Structure and function of cell wall, plasma membrane, capsule, slime layer, flagella and pili,

photosynthetic apparatus, endospore and inclusion bodies. Transport across membranes:

Diffusion, active and passive transport and ion channels.

UNIT-III

Structure and function of Endoplasmic reticulum, Golgi apparatus, Ribosomes, Lysosomes,

Peroxisomes and Glyoxysomes, Gas vacuoles. Cell appendages – Cilia.

UNIT-IV

Structure and function of Mitochondria, Chloroplast – an overview of photosynthesis in

plants. Cytoskeleton: Types – Microfilaments, Intermediate filaments and Microtubules.

UNIT-V

Structure and function of nucleus and chromosomes, cell cycle: Phases of cell cycle, cell

division in prokaryotes and eukaryotes; mitosis and meiosis; cell death - apoptosis and

necrosis. Introduction to cancer cells, an overview of growth, phases and types of cancer cells.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Cell Biology, Genetics, Molecular Biology, Evolution and Ecology– P.S. Verma& VK

Agarwal, 2004 S. First muti colour edition (2004), publisher Chand &Ltd., New Delhi

2. Molecular Cell Biology- Harvey Lodish, Arnold Berk, Paul Matsudaira, Chris A. Kaiser,

Monty Krieger, Matthew P. Scott, Lawrence Zipursky and James Darnell,5th Edition (2000),

published by W.H Freeman and Company, New York.

25 Director, SBS


Page No.16

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Cell and Molecular Biology - Gerald Karp 3rd Edition (2002),Publisher John Wiley and

Sons, New York.

2. Molecular Biology of the Gene -Watson, Baker, Bell, Gann, Levine, Losick, 5thEdition

(2005), Published by Pearson Education Pvt Ltd., Singapore.

3. Cell and Molecular biology – De Robertis, 8thEdition, (2006), B.J. Publications Pvt Ltd.

4. The Cell – Geoffery M. Cooper, 4 th edition, (2007), ASM, Washington DC, U.S.A.

PEDAGOGY: Chalk and Talk, OHP and PPT

26 Director, SBS


Page No.17

SEMESTER – I


SUBJECT TITLE: Core Paper II : Biochemistry


COURSE OBJECTIVE

To impart knowledge about the structure of Biomolecules, understand basic cellular

metabolism, and to enable the students to elucidate the role of biomolecules in the functioning

of the organism.


CO1.Understand the structure and significance of carbohydrates (k2).

CO2. Recognize differences between lipid types (k2).

CO3. Analyze proteins based on their conformation (k4).

CO4. Evaluate the nature and action of enzymes (k5).

CO5. Predict the structure and metabolism of nucleic acids (k3).


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CONTENTS:

UNIT I

Carbohydrates – Classification, structure and biological significance of carbohydrates; an

overview of carbohydrate metabolism: Glycolysis, TCA Cycle, Gluconeogenesis, Glycogen

breakdown and synthesis. Energy metabolism: Oxidative phosphorylation, electron transport

chain and Photophosphorylation.

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

27 Director, SBS


Page No.18

UNIT II

Lipids and Vitamins: Structure, function and classification of lipids; An overview of Lipid

metabolism: Biosynthesis of fatty acids, Triglycerides and Phospholipids, Degradation of fatty

acids: β oxidation. Vitamins – types and their biological importance.

UNIT III

Amino acids and proteins: Classification and structure of amino acids. Proteins: Structure of

peptide bond, Classification of proteins, Primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary structure

of proteins.

UNIT IV

Enzymes – Classification and nomenclature. Enzyme specificity and factors affecting enzyme

activity. Enzyme kinetics: Michaelis - Menten equation (derivation not required), significance

of Km and Vmax. Allosteric enzymes, Coenzymes, Cofactors. Enzyme inhibition – Types and

mechanism. An overview of isoenzymes, ribozymes and abzymes.

UNIT V

Nucleic Acids: Structure and classification of Nucleic acids- structure of purines and

pyrimidines, Nucleotides, DNA double helical structure and different forms of DNA (A, B

and Z- DNA), RNA- Types and functions. An overview of nucleic acid metabolism:

Biosynthesis of purines and pyrimidines (de novo and salvage pathways). Degradation of

Purines and Pyrimidines.

REFERENCES:

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Fundamentals of Biochemistry - Jain, J.L. (2004) S. Chand & Company, Limited

2. Fundamentals of Biochemistry- Deb. A. C. (2001) New Central Book Agency (P)

Ltd.

3. Essentials of Biochemistry – U. Satyanarayana, 4th Ed. (2014) Books and Allied

Publications, Kolkata.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Principles of Biochemistry – Smith et al., 8th Ed. (1983) McGraw Hill International

book company 8th Ed.

28 Director, SBS


Page No.19

2. Outlines of Biochemistry – Conn. E. & Stump. P.K., 5th Ed. (2009), John Willey &

Sons, New Delhi.

3. Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry - David L. Nelson, Michael M. Cox, 7th

Edition (2017), W.H freeman and Company, New York.

4. Biochemistry - Jeremy M. Berg, John L. Tynoczko, Lubert Stryer, 3rd Edition (2015),

W.H. Freeman and Company, New York.

5. Harpers Illustrated Biochemistry- Robert K. Murray, Drayl. K. Granner, Peter. A.

Victor. W. Rodwell, 30th Edition (2015), Tata McGraw-Hill companies.

PEDAGOGY: Chalk and Talk, OHP, PPT.

29 Director, SBS


Page No.20

SEMESTER – I


SUBJECT TITLE: Core Practical I – Cell Biology, Biochemistry and Microbiology


COURSE OBJECTIVE

To demonstrate the laboratory safety

To learn and understand the principles behind the qualitative estimation of bio

molecules (carbohydrates and amino acids)

To provide the fundamental knowledge on cell biology.

To learn about the morphology and characteristics of microbes using the techniques.


CO1: Demonstrate the working principles of instruments. (K3)

CO2: Understand the concept of buffer and preparation. (K2)

CO3: Carry out qualitative and quantitative analysis of bio molecules. (K4)

CO4: Differentiate the microbes using different staining techniques. (K4)

CO5: Acquire knowledge on qualitative and quantitative techniques in microbiology. (K2)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 40 ESE – 60

30 Director, SBS


Page No.21

CONTENTS

General:

1. Introduction to Bioinstrumentation – Principle, types and applications of -

Colorimeter, pH meter, Microscopy, Laminar air flow, Incubator and centrifuge.

2. Preparation of buffers- Acetate Buffer and Phosphate buffer.

Cell Biology:

3. Cell types- Plant and Animal cells.

4. Cell fractionation– Demonstration.

Biochemistry:

5. Qualitative Analysis:

a) Carbohydrates

i) Monosaccharides: Glucose

ii) Disaccharides: Sucrose

iii) Polysaccharides: Starch

b) Amino Acids: Glycine, Tyrosine, Tryptophan, Cysteine and Arginine (any two).

6. Estimation of Glucose by Benedict’s method.

7. Estimation of Protein by Lowry’s method.

8. Estimation of DNA by Diphenylamine method.

9. Estimation of RNA by Orcinol method.

Microbiology:

10. Laboratory precautions.

11. Demonstration of methods of sterilization.

12. Sterility testing – Phenol coefficient test.

13. Culture media preparation – Liquid and solid medium.

14. Preparation of selective and differential medium – Mannitol Salt agar, EMB and

McConkey agar.

15. Enumeration of bacteria from soil.

31 Director, SBS


Page No.22

16. Pure culture method-pour plate, spread and loop method.

17. Staining of bacteria-simple, Gram, spore and negative.

18. Staining of fungi – Lactophenol cotton blue.

19. Motility test – hanging drop and soft agar inoculation.

20. Cultural characteristics of microorganisms – colony morphology on plate, broth and

slant.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

BIOCHEMISTRY

1. Practical Biochemistry – Principles and Techniques. Keith Wilson and John Walker

(2000). 2nd Edition. Cambridge University Press.

2. Laboratory Manual in Biochemistry. Jayaraman J., (1996). Wiley Eastern Limited.

3. Biochemical Methods. Sadasivam. S. and Manickam. A. (2004). 2nd Edition., New

Age International Ltd Publishers, New Delhi.

4. An Introduction to Practical Biochemistry. David.T. Plummer. (1987). 3rd Edition.

McGraw-Hill Book Company (U.K.) Ltd., London.

5. Biochemical Methods. Sadhasivam and A. Manickam. 2nd Edition. New Age

International Publishers.

MICROBIOLOGY

1. Practical Microbiology. R.C. Dubey.

2. Laboratory Manual in Microbiology. Dr. N.Kannan.

3. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual. James G. Cappuccino and Natalie Sherman

(1987). 2nd Edition. Pearson/Benjamin Cummings (San Francisco).

4. Experiments in Microbiology. K. R. Aneja, (2005). 4th Edition, New Age

International Ltd Publishers, New Delhi.

PEDAGOGY: Emphasis will be given to systematic designing of experiments in the

laboratory sessions.

32 Director, SBS


Page No.23

SEMESTER – I


SUBJECT TITLE: Allied Paper I: Chemistry I – Inorganic and Physical Chemistry


COURSE OBJECTIVE

To establish the role of inorganic and physical chemistry in the biological sciences

COURSE OUTCOMES AND ITS COMPETENCY LEVEL:

CO1: Analyze an atom or ion of a given element providing the full electronic configuration

and to define electronegativity, electron affinity and ionization potential (K4)

CO2: Distinguish whether a bond is metallic, ionic, covalent or polar covalent (K4)

CO3: Understanding the basic concepts of thermodynamics and kinetics (K2)

CO4: Outline core concepts of solubility and dissociation in water and apply this knowledge

to acids, bases and salts and to identify weak and strong acids and bases (K4)

CO5: Recall the nuclear decay including applications to radioactive dating (K1)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 20 ESE – 55

33 Director, SBS


Page No.24

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Structure of an atom: Bohr’s model of an atom, energy of electron, dual character of

electrons, Debroglie’s equation. Heisenburg’s uncertainty principle, Quantum numbers,

Pauli’s exclusion principle, filling of various orbitals in atoms, Electronic configuration of

elements, Chemical periodicity, Atomic properties– Atomic radius, Covalent radius, Vander

waal’s radius, Ionic radius, Ionization energy, Electron affinity, Electronegativity.

UNIT-II

Chemical Bonding: Ionic bond, Covalent bond, Hydrogen bonding, Bond energy, Valence

bond theory, Orbital overlapping σ and π bonds, Hybridization (Sp, Sp2 and Sp3), Bond length.

VSEPR theory – Shape of CH4, C2H2, H2O, NH4. MO Theory – Bonding and Anti-bonding

orbitals – energy level diagrams. Comparison between VB and MO Theory.

UNIT-III

Chemical kinetics: Introduction, Rate of reactions, factors influencing rates of reaction.

Various order reaction – Zero order, First order, Second order and third order reaction

(Overview and an example each).

Thermodynamics: Introduction, Terminology – Isolated, Closed and Open systems. Process

– Isothermal, Adiabatic, Reversible and Irreversible process. Laws of Thermodynamics

(statement only). Joule Thomson effect. Concept of Entropy and Enthalpy, Free energy

changes, Gibb’s Duhem equation.

UNIT-IV

Chemical Equilibrium: Acids and Bases – Arhenius concept, Proton transfer theory,

Conjugate acids and bases, Strength of acid-base pairs, Dissociation of weak acids and bases,

Dissociation of water. pH and pH scale, Calculation of pH of buffers. Henderson-Hasselbalch

Equation . Measurement of pH – pH paper and pH meter – glass electrode, standard hydrogen

electrode, reference electrode. Acid-base titrations and use of indicators, titration of strong

acid against a strong base and titration of a weak acid with a strong base.

UNIT-V

Various ways of expression and conversion of concentration of solutions - molality,

molarity, normality, mole fraction, parts per million and percentage solutions (Simple

problems to be worked out).

34 Director, SBS


Page No.25

Photochemistry: Introduction, Consequences of light absorption (Phosphorescence and

Fluorescence). Light absorption by solutions – the Beer-Lambert law and its limitations.

Photochemical reactions– Rhodopsin cycle. Energy transfer in photochemical reactions,

photosensitization and Quenching. Chemiluminescence and LASER.

TEXTBOOKS:

1. Text Book of Inorganic Chemistry, P.L.Soni, Mohan Katyal, Sultan Chand & Sons

publications (2013)

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. The Basics of Chemistry- Richard Meyers (2003) Greenwood press

2. Inorganic Chemistry- Puri BR and Sharma LR. Shobanlal Nagin Chand & Co, Jalandar

city, Delhi.

3. Physical Chemistry-David W Ball (2003) Cengage Learning India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi.

PEDAGOGY: Chalk and Talk, OHP, PPT

35 Director, SBS


Page No.26

SEMESTER – I


SUBJECT TITLE: Allied Practical I: Chemistry


COURSE OBJECTIVE

To provide an experimental basis of chemistry in understanding the core principles of

biological compound and to give the students the practical experience in preparing and

determining the strength of the acids and bases.


CO1: Understand the concepts of expressing the concentration of the solution. (K2)

CO2: Prepare standard solutions. (K6)

CO3: Estimate the strength of a given solution. (K5)

CO4: Analyze the basic structures of organic compound. (K4)

CO5: Report the special characteristics of organic compounds. (K2)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 20 ESE – 30

36 Director, SBS


Page No.27

CONTENTS

VOLUMETRIC ANALYSIS

1. Estimation of Sodium hydroxide

2. Estimation of Hydrochloric acid

3. Estimation of Oxalic acid (using NaOH)

4. Estimation of Potassium permanganate

5. Estimation of Oxalic acid (using KMnO4)

6. Estimation of Ferrous sulphate

QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS

Analysis of Organic Compound

1. Carbohydrate

2. Mono Carboxylic acid

3. Di- Carboxylic acid

4. Resorcinol - Polyhydric Phenol

5. Primary amine

6. Diamide

REFERENCES

1. Elementary practical organic chemistry – Part III Quantitative organic analysis

Arthur Vogel. (1970). 6th Edition. Longman Group Limited.

2. Practical organic chemistry. Julius B. Cohen, (1908). 2nd Edition. Macmillan and Co

ltd.

PEDAGOGY: Chalk and talk, and Demonstration of experiments.

37 Director, SBS


Page No.28

SEMESTER – II

COURSE NAME: B.Sc., Microbiology

SUBJECT TITLE: Core Paper III: Introductory Microbiology


COURSE OBJECTIVE

Introduce an overview of microorganism. Execute general concepts concerning the

morphology, staining and sterilization techniques.


CO1: Understand the scope and historical developments in microbiology. (K2)

CO2: Analyze the principles of sterilization and disinfection techniques. (K4)

CO3: Explore the different cultural techniques used in microbiology. (K3)

CO4: Understand the principle of microscopy and the different types of microscopes used. (K2)

CO5: Understand the principle of different staining techniques. (K2)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

38 Director, SBS


Page No.29

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Historical development of Microbiology - Biogenesis vs abiogenesis. contribution of John

Needham, LazzaroSpallanzani, Theodar Schwann, John Tyndall, Joseph Lister, Antonie van

Leeuwenhoek, Louis Pasteur, Robert Koch, Winogradsky, Beijerinck, Edward Jenner and

Ananda Mohan Chakraboraty. Scope of Microbiology.

UNIT-II

Sterilization and disinfection – Principles – methods of sterilization– dry heat, moist heat,

filtration, Radiation, Pasteurisation, Tyndallization, Chemical sterilization- Chemical agents:

mode of action (Phenol, detergents, Aldehydes, Gaseous agents). Phenol coefficient test –

Sterility testing.

UNIT-III

Culture techniques- Shake culture – Enrichment culture – Roll tube & stab culture, agar

slant, agar deep, broth culture. Types of medium: selective, differential, enrichment, enriched,

transport and anaerobic media Assay medium, enumeration of microorganisms- Dilution

techniques, plate count, cell mass, direct count – hemocytometer.

UNIT-IV

Microscopy – Principles and components of Microscope- Simple and compound microscope-

Dark field, phase contrast – Fluorescence and electron microscopy-TEM and SEM.

UNIT-V

Principles of staining – Stains, Dyes, Acidic and basic – Simple, Differential, Negative, Spore,

Flagella, Nucleic acids and Acid fast staining.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Microbiology, Concepts and Applications. Michael J. Pelczar. Jr. (1993). McGraw-

Hill. Inc.

39 Director, SBS


Page No.30

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Microbiology. Prescott, L.M; J.P. Harley and D. A. Klein. (1993). 2nd edition. WMC

Brown publishers.

2. Biology of Microorganisms. Brock, TD. Smith D.W. and Madigan M.T. (1984). 4th

edition. Englewood, cliffs. N.J. Prentice Hall.

3. Microbiology- Fundamentals and Applications. Ronald M. Atlas. (1989). 2nd

edition. Maxwell Macmillan international editions.

PEDOGOGY: Chalk and Talk and PPT

40 Director, SBS


Page No.31

SEMESTER – II


SUBJECT TITLE: Core Practical I – Cell Biology, Biochemistry and Microbiology


Refer semester I for Core Practical I syllabus

CIA – 40 ESE – 60

41 Director, SBS


Page No.32

SEMESTER – II


SUBJECT TITLE: Allied Paper II – Chemistry II: Organic Chemistry


COURSE OBJECTIVE

Understand the structural, properties, stereochemistry and reaction mechanisms of carbon

based molecules.


CO1: Understand the basic concepts and purification methods of organic compounds (K2)

CO2: Categorize the types of reactions and mechanisms involved (K4)

CO3: Discriminate the types of isomerism and relate its use in organic compounds (K5)

CO4: Discover the characteristics of few organic compounds and its reactions (K3)

CO5: Compare different groups of organic compounds and interpret its characteristics (K5)


PO1 PO2 P03 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 20 ESE – 55

42 Director, SBS


Page No.33

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Organic chemistry: Definition and importance, Sources of organic compounds, Purification

of organic compounds – Crystallization, Sublimation, Distillation and Fractional Distillation,

Distillation under reduced pressure, Steam distillation, Extraction with solvents and

Chromatography. Test for purity, Detection of elements – Carbon, Hydrogen, Oxygen,

Nitrogen, Halogen and Sulphur. Polarity of solvents.

UNIT-II

Classification of Organic reagents: Types of reactions – Substitution, Addition, Elimination

and Rearrangement reactions. Mechanism of substitution reaction: Free radical, Electrophilic

and Nucleophilic substitution reaction – SN1 and SN2 reactions. Mechanism of elimination

reaction – E1 and E2 reactions. Mechanism of Addition reaction – Electrophilic and

Nucleophilic addition reactions.

UNIT-III

Isomerism: Definition, Types – Structural isomerism (Chain and Position isomerism),

Functional isomerism, Metamerism, Tautomerism, Stereoisomerism – Geometric and Optical

isomerism – Asymmetric Carbon, Enantiomers, Diastereomers, Racemization, R S system for

asymmetric molecules, E-Z system for geometric isomers.

UNIT-IV

Phenol: Structure, preparation (any two), physical properties, chemical properties –

Formation of salts, reaction with FeCl3, Halogenation, Nitration, Sulphonation, Reaction with

pthalic anhydride. Chemical properties of phenols of biological origin- catechol, pyrogallol

and phloroglucinol. Applications of phenol.

Benzoic acid: Structure, preparation (any 2), physical properties, chemical properties –

Reaction with Sodium hydroxide, Sodium bicarbonate, Ester formation and Decarboxylation.

Applications of Benzoic acid.

Aniline: Structure, preparation (any 2), physical properties, chemical properties – Reaction

with Hydrochloric acid, Acetylation, Halogenation, Sulphonation, Nitration, Reaction with

Nitrous acid, Carbylamine reaction. Applications of Aniline.

Urea: Structure, preparation (any 2), physical properties, chemical properties – Hydrolysis,

Reaction with Nitrous acid, Biuret test. Applications of Urea.

43 Director, SBS


Page No.34

UNIT-V

Alkaloids: Introduction, Classification and its Occurrence and Extraction. Piperine –

Structure, Physio-Chemical properties and Biological applications.

Terpenes: Introduction and Classification. Geraniol - Structure, Physical and Chemical

Properties.

Heterocyclic compounds: Aromatic heterocyclic compounds – Furan – preparation (any

two), properties – physical and chemical – nitration and sulfonation, reduction, halogenation,

uses. Pyridine – isolation from coal tar, properties – physical and chemical – halogenation,

nitration and sulfonation, reduction, uses. Quinoline – preparation (SKRAUP synthesis),

properties – physical and chemical – nitration, bromination, oxidation, reduction and uses.

REFERENCES

TEXTBOOK:

1. Text Book of Organic Chemistry, P.L.Soni, H.M. Chawla, Sultan Chand & Sons

publications Twenty ninth edition (2013)

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. General chemistry by Kotz et al., (2009) Cengage Learning India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi.

2. Organic Chemistry by Bhupinder Mehta and Manju Mehta (2010) PHI Learning Pvt Ltd.

PEDAGOGY: Chalk and Talk, PPT and OHP.

44 Director, SBS


Page No.35

SEMESTER – II


SUBJECT TITLE: Allied Practical I: Chemistry


Refer semester I for Allied chemistry practical I syllabus

CIA – 20 ESE – 30

45 Director, SBS


Page No.36

SEMESTER – II

MODULAR COURSE-MODULE 1


SUBJECT TITLE: Paper I: Introduction to Clinical Laboratory Technology


COURSE OBJECTIVE

To gain the knowledge on the clinical assessment of various diseased conditions & Routine

test followed in the laboratory with the outline of clinical laboratory.


CO1: To understand the basics of clinical laboratory (K2)

CO2: To understand preparation of reagents and its storage (K2)

CO3: Understand the importance of biological samples (K2)

CO4: To interpret and report clinical tests (K4)

CO5: To categorize and disposal of biomedical wastes (K6)


PO1 PO2 P03 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 10 ESE – 40

46 Director, SBS


Page No.37

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Basic laboratory principles - Code of conduct of medical laboratory personnel.The use of the

laboratory - Basic laboratory principles - Organization of Laboratory Functional components

of clinical laboratories (Cleanliness – Methods of hand wash, Cleaning of lab instruments,

Laboratory floors and table tops, precautions to be taken WRT patients, reports, analysis).

Basic needs of clinical laboratory technician, awareness of soft skills. Safety measures -

Medical laboratory professional and professionalism in laboratory workers - clinic borne

infection and personnel hygiene.

UNIT-II

Reagent preparation: preparation of molar, normal, percent solutions. Buffers, Acid, Base

solutions and its storage. Common Laboratory Equipment’s use, principle and maintenance-

spectrophotometer, Incubator, Hot Air Oven, Water Bath Centrifuge, Autoclave ,Microscopy.

Glassware – Description of Glassware, its use, handling and care.

UNIT-III

Basic Steps for Specimen collection-types of specimens- Requirement of Collection -

methods of Collection of biological fluids - Anticoagulants - Preservation of samples -

Chemical preservatives . An overview on the transportation of the samples.

UNIT-IV

Process of analysing the specimens- labelling the samples. Maintaining the sample record.

Colour code for the samples. Reporting results: a. Basic format of a test report, b. Release of

examination results c. Alteration in reports Quality Management system : Internal and

External quality control. Accuracy, Precision, and Reference value. Levi-Jenning’s chart (LJ).

UNIT-V

Biomedical waste management in a clinical laboratory: Disposal of used samples, reagents

and other biomedical waste - colour coding as per guidelines.

REFERENCES:

TEXT BOOKS

1. Tietz Text book of Clinical Chemistry and Molecular Diagnosis, Burtis A. Carl

and Edward R. Ashwood, David E. Burns fourth edition, W.B. Saunders Company.

47 Director, SBS


Page No.38

2. Medical Laboratory Technology- Ramnik Sood –5th edition, 2006.

3. Textbook of MLT, P.B.Godkar. 2nd edition.2003.Bhalani publication.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Practical Clinical Biochemistry - Harold Varley (2005). 4th Edition, CBS

Publishers and Distributors.

2. Medical laboratory technology Vol.1 Kanai L. Mukherjee, 2007,.Tata McGraw

Hill

PEDAGOGY: Chalk and Talk, OHP and PPT.

48 Director, SBS


Page No.39

SEMESTER – II



SUBJECT TITLE: Paper II: Techniques in Clinical Laboratory Technology


COURSE OBJECTIVE

To gain the knowledge on the clinical assessment of various diseased conditions and routine



CO1: To understand the procedures of clinical laboratory (K2)

CO2: To understand the routine analysis of clinical samples (K2)

CO3: To understand the importance of biological samples (K2)

CO4: To understand the histopathogical procedures (K2)

CO5: To understand the blood banking procedures (K2)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 10 ESE – 40

49 Director, SBS


Page No.40

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Basic Hematological diagnosis and Clinical Chemistry: Preparation of Blood Smears-

method (Coverslip, spreader slide and Wedge), Types and causes of poor blood smears (in

diseased condition), Staining Techniques- Leishman’s stain, Wright’s stain, Field’s stain and

Romanowsky stains, Criteria for a good stain: Problem encountered during staining –

Troubleshooting. Total cell count: RBC, WBC and Platelet. Estimation of hemoglobin, PCV

& MCV, MCH, MCHC. Erythrocyte sedimentation Rate (ESR)-Westergen method and its

importance, Differential count, Determination of bleeding time, clotting time and prothrombin

time. Clinical Chemistry: Blood sugar Analysis- glucometer based analysis, Fasting,

Random, Post Prandial, HbA1C, and GTT.

UNIT-II

Collection of Urine - Biohazard management - Routine urine analysis - Colour - Clarity -

Odour - Volume - Chemical Examination - Benedict’s Test - Fehling’s test - Chemistrip

method - Test for Protein in Urine - Heat and Acetic Acid Test - Sulphosalicylic Acid Test -

Heller’s Test. Rotheral’s test, Gerhardt’s test, Fouchet’s Test – Hay’s sulphur test- Test for

Hematuria - Benzidine Test - Guaiacum Test - Gregersen’s Test. Microscopic Examination of

Urine: Crystals, casts and cells. Examination of stool- physical, chemical & microscopic

examination

UNIT-III

Body Fluids: Characteristics of Cerebrospinal Fluid, Synovial fluid, Pleural fluid, Pericardial

fluids, Peritoneal fluids and amniotic fluid. Semen analysis- physical, chemical & microscopic

examination, sperm count and motility.

UNIT-IV

Introduction to Histopathology- Basic steps for Tissue Processing- Fixing, Embedding-

methods- Microtomy- Staining- Mounting, methods of decalcifications –cryopreservation -

Equipments - Microtome -Types, Uses, Parts, different types of microtome knives, care &

maintenance. Automated tissue processor – components-Staining Methods - Hematoxylin &

Eosin stain -Mounting –visualization. Cryostat.

50 Director, SBS


Page No.41

UNIT-V

Blood banking: Blood Group (ABO & Rh) – methods of grouping & reverse grouping. Basic

blood banking procedures – collection of blood, anticoagulants used, cross matching, different

screening tests including Coomb’s Test (direct and indirect), preparation of different blood

components for use and how to serve a requisition. Preparation of red cell suspension. Blood

transfusion hazards - hemolytic disease of newborn. Apheresis.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Tietz Text book of Clinical Chemistry and Molecular Diagnosis, Burtis A. Carl and

Edward R. Ashwood, David E. Burns fourth edition, W.B. Saunders Company.


3. Handbook of Histopathological and Histochemical technique -C.F.A.Culling.3rd

edition-Butterworths, London.

4. Textbook of MLT, P.B.Godkar. 2nd edition.2003. Bhalani publication.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Practical Clinical Biochemistry - Harold Varley (2005). 4th Edition, CBS Publishers

and Distributors.

2. Medical Laboratory Technology Vol.1 Kanai L. Mukherjee, 2007,.Tata McGraw

Hill


51 Director, SBS


Page No.42

SEMESTER II

MODULAR COURSE - MODULE II

COURSE: M.Sc., BIOCHEMISTRY

SUBJECT TITLE: PAPER I: HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY

NUMBER OF HOURS/WEEK: 30 HRS

COURSE OBJECTIVE: To provide the students with in-depth knowledge on the functions

of major organs of human body.

COURSE OUTCOMES AND ITS COMPETENCY LEVEL: CO1: To Understand the structure and functions of cells (K2).

CO2: To understand the mystery of complicated function aspects of individual organs in the

body (K2).

CO3: To understand the principles of human physiology (K2).

CO4: To distinguish the cells involved in each system (K4).

CO5: To exemplify the knowledge on the regulation of body functions (K2).


PO1 PO2 P03 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CONTENTS UNIT I Human Anatomy and Functions- Cell and their functions – Types of muscles and mechanism of muscle contraction – Immune system – Blood components. UNIT II Anatomy and Physiology of Cardiovascular system - Anatomy and Physiology of central nervous system - Anatomy and Physiology of respiratory system. UNIT III Anatomy and physiology of Digestive system, Anatomy and Physiology of excretory system.

CIA – 10 ESE – 40

52 Director, SBS


Page No.43

UNIT IV Anatomy and Physiology of sensory organs, Anatomy and Physiology of endocrine system. UNIT V Anatomy and Physiology of reproductive system – Menstruation – pregnancy. REFERENCES:

1. Human Physiology - Chaterjee C C , Vol I & II, 11th edition.

2. Review of Medical Physiology - Ganong, , 24th Edition.

3. The Anatomical Basis of Clinical Practice- Gray's Anatomy, 40th Edition.

4. Textbook of Human Anatomy - Ranganathan T S, 5th edition.

5. Text book of Medical Physiology – Sembulingam and PremaSembulingam– 6th

Edition, Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd.

53 Director, SBS

CMS COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND COMMERCE

(AUTONOMOUS)





Phone No: 2666465





II Year B.Sc., MICROBIOLOGY



54 Director, SBS

Anx.UMb11, 2B.Sc. Mb (CMS College) 2017 2016-19 batch

Page No.2

REGULATIONS

INTRODUCTION

Microbiology, one of three basic fields in the biological sciences, is an extremely

diverse and complex field. It is essential to the fabric of medicine, the allied health sciences,

agriculture, ocean sciences and the vital growing biotechnology industry (genetics, cell and

molecular biology, etc.) of the present era. Our primary objectives are: 1) to produce highly

qualified and competent majors in the selected Microbiology areas, 2) to develop and

maintain a strong and supportive research program to complement our teaching and 3) to be a

center of excellence and information resource in Microbiology.

MICROBIOLOGY



agriculture, ocean sciences, and the vital growing biological industry (genetics, cell and

molecular biology, etc.) of the present era.

OBJECTIVES

On successful completion of the course, the students will thoroughly understand the

basic techniques used in Microbiology, various Microbiological processes, applications of

Microbiology in various fields, such as Medical Microbiology, Pharmaceutical Microbiology,

Industrial Microbiology, Immunology, Molecular Biology, Genetic Engineering,

Environmental Microbiology, Genomics & Proteomics, Virology, Food and Dairy

Microbiology and Soil and Agricultural Microbiology. Students will also focus on IPR,

Bioethics and Biosafety, HACCP and GMP.

ELIGIBILITY

A pass in Higher Secondary Examination with one of the subjects as Biology/Botany/Zoology

(Academic).

DURATION OF UG COURSE

The course shall extend over a period of three years comprising of six semesters, with

two semesters per year. There shall not be less than ninety instructional days (six periods – 50

minutes duration each /day) during each semester. Examination shall be conducted at the end of

55 Director, SBS


Page No.3

each semester for the theory subjects and practical examinations will be conducted at the end

of the even semester.


PART SUBJECT No of

Papers

Marks

@ Credits



III




Practicum - 50 2

IV


Basic Tamil₤/Womens Rights


Advanced Tamil₤/General Awareness

2 100 # 4





VI Library - - -

Total 3500 140

56 Director, SBS


Page No.4

Note: I

@ Includes 25/40% continuous assessment marks for theory and practical subjects

respectively.

$ In core subjects both theory and practicals should be included wherever applicable.

** In allied subjects both theory and practicals should be included wherever applicable.

# No Continuous Internal assessment for these subjects

!! The Evaluation of extension activities will be based on NSS/ NCC/ SPORTS/ Red Cross

₤ Continuous Internal assessment for these subjects


i) Regularity of Attendance



iv) Other Social Components (Blood Camp, Fine Arts etc)

Note: II


57 Director, SBS


Page No.5

Annexure No. UMB11

BOS.DT: 12.6.2017


COIMBATORE – 641 049





Sem

este

r

Par

t

Su

b C

ode

Subject Title

Inst

. H

rs

per

wee

k

Examination Details

Cre

dit

s

Du

rati

on i

n

Hou

rs.

CIA

En

d S

emes

ter

Exa

m

Tot

al M

ark

s

SEMESTER I

I

I Language – I 6 3 25 75 100 4

II English – I 6 3 25 75 100 4


III Core Paper II – Biochemistry 4 3 25 75 100 4

III Core Practical I – Cell Biology,

Biochemistry and Microbiology 2 - - - - -

III Allied Paper I – Chemistry-I-

Inorganic & Physical Chemistry 4 3 20 55 75 3

III Allied Practical I- Chemistry 2 - - - - -

IV Foundation Course I-

Environmental Studies 2 3 - 50 50 2

Total 30 - - - 525 21

SEMESTER II

II

I Language – II 6 3 25 75 100 4

II English – II 6 3 25 75 100 4

58 Director, SBS


Page No.6

II

III Core Paper III – Introductory


III Core Practical I: Cell Biology,

Biochemistry and Microbiology 4 3 40 60 100 4

III Allied Paper II – Chemistry II –

Organic Chemistry 4 3 20 55 75 3

III Allied Practical I – Chemistry 3 3 20 30 50 2

IV Foundation Course II – Cultural

Heritage of India 2 3 - 50 50 2

Total 30 - - - 575 23

SEMESTER III

III



III Core Paper IV – Microbial

Taxonomy and Diversity 4 3 25 75 100 4

III Core paper V – Microbial

Physiology 4 3 25 75 100 4

III



Physiology

2 - - - - -

III Allied paper III – Basic

Mathematics 3 3 20 55 75 3

IV

Skill based Subject 1 –

Analytical Biochemistry and


3 3 10 40 50 2

IV Non-major elective – I

Basic Tamil / Women’s Rights 2 3 - 50 50 2

Total 30 - - - 575 23

SEMESTER IV

IV I Language IV 6 3 25 75 100 4

59 Director, SBS


Page No.7

II English IV 6 3 25 75 100 4

III Core VI – Molecular Genetics 4 3 25 75 100 4

III

Core Practical II: Molecular

Genetics & Microbial

Physiology

4 6 40 60 100 4

III

Allied Paper IV: Fundamentals

of Computers & C

Programming

3 3 20 55 75 3

III

Allied Practical II:

Fundamentals of Computers &

C Programming

2 3 20 30 50 2

IV SBS 2: Bioinformatics 3 3 10 40 50 2

IV Non-major elective II - General

Awareness 2 3 - 50 50 2

Total 30 - - - 625 25

SEMESTER V

V

III Core Paper VII – Medical

Microbiology-I 4 3 25 75 100 4

III Core Paper VIII – Genetic

Engineering 5 3 25 75 100 4


III Core Paper X – Immunology 4 3 25 75 100 4

III Elective – I 4 3 25 75 100 4

IV Skill based Subject 3: Clinical

Laboratory Technology I 3 3 10 40 50 2

III

Core Practical III – Medical,

Industrial and Agricultural

Microbiology

5 - - - - -

III Practicum - - 20 30 50 2

Total 30 - - - 600 24

60 Director, SBS


Page No.8

SEMESTER VI

VI

III Core Paper XI – Medical

Microbiology-II 5 3 25 75 100 4

III Core Paper XII – Industrial


III

Core Practical III – Medical,

Industrial and Agricultural

Microbiology

6 9 40 60 100 4

III Elective – II 5 3 25 75 100 4

III Elective–III 5 3 25 75 100 4

IV Skill based Subject 4: Clinical

Laboratory Technology II 3 3 10 40 50 2

V Extension Activities - - 50 - 50 2


Total 30 - - - 600 24

Grand total - - - - 3500 140

61 Director, SBS


Page No.9

Practicum:

Each student has to undergo an Industrial / Institutional training during the summer vacation prior to

Semester V. This should be of a minimum duration of 15 working days at any off-campus site

approved by the Director. Students are required to submit three copies of Practicum report with

attendance certificate upon completion and the bonafide report carried out by the candidate under the

guidance of a faculty authenticated and countersigned by the Director. This practicum must be

presented by the candidate in the department (at the end of fifth semester) attended by all faculty and

reviewed by the respective guide as examiner.

@ Practicum:





and overall.










Core Practicals I, II:

Min. 10 experiments to be conducted/ semester: 20 marks



Core Practical III:


62 Director, SBS


Page No.10



Allied/ SBS (for 20 marks): One Internal test and One Model test in each semester







the Director.


electives)


Paper I Food and Dairy

Microbiology Parasitology Biomolecules

Paper II

Environmental and

Agricultural

Microbiology


Paper III Pharmaceutical

Microbiology

Entrepreneurial

Microbiology Bio-nanotechnology

63 Director, SBS


Page No.11

Annex EDC: UG MB

BOS DT: 12:06:2017

CMS COLLEGE OF SCIENCE & COMMERCE (AUTONOMOUS)


B. Sc., MICROBIOLOGY



Note:


departments and is eligible to get 2 extra credits. This paper is offered as self-study from the

2014 batch onwards.

Par

t

Su

b c

ode

Subject

Ins.

hrs

/ w

eek

Examinations

Du

r.

Exa

m i

n

hrs

CIA

ES

E

Tot

al

mar

ks

Cre

dit

Semester V


Total - - - - 50 2

64 Director, SBS


Page No.12

SEMESTER – III


SUBJECT TITLE: Core Paper IV: Microbial Taxonomy and Diversity


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This paper presents the study of nomenclature and importance of taxonomy for

microorganisms based on the Bergey’s manual. The paper also gives an insight to general

characters, morphology and economic importance to algae and fungi.

GOAL

This paper in Microbiology has been designed to provide the student a firm foundation in the

taxonomy, which forms a base for their future study.

OBJECTIVE

On the successful completion of the course, the students will get an overall understanding of

taxonomy of microorganisms.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Introduction to evolution-Endosymbiotic theory.Binomial nomenclature of microbes - species

concept- description of organisms- classical approach with examples. Classical method and

numerical method of classification. Classification of microorganisms - Haeckel and Woose

three kingdom concept, Whittaker’s five kingdom concept,. Modern trends in classification-

Ribotyping-16s rRNA, Nucleic acid hybridization.

UNIT-II

Salient features of second edition of Bergey’s manual (Volume I and II) – Outline

characteristics of Archae bacteria and eubacteria. Introduction to archaebacteria -archaeal cell

wall, archaeal lipids and membranes. Introduction to phylum Euryarchaeota and

crenarchaeota.

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

65 Director, SBS


Page No.13

UNIT-III

Fungi: Outline classification up to genus level, main classes of fungi: Ascomycetes

(Saccharomyces), Basidiomycetes (Agaricus), Zygomycetes (Rhizopus), Oomyctes

(Allomyces) and Deuteromycetes (Aspergillus) - general characteristics, reproduction and its

economic importance.

UNIT-IV

Algae: Classification, general characteristics and reproduction and its economic importance –

Chlorophyta, Euglenophyta, Chrysophyta, Phaeophyta, Rhodophyta, Bacillariophya and

cyanobacteria.

UNIT-V

Protozoa: Classification, general characteristics and reproduction of phylum

Sarcomastigophora, Labyrinthomorpha, Apicomplexa, Microspora, Myxozoa and Ciliophora.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Microbiology: Concepts and Applications. Michael J. Pelczar Jr. (1993) McGraw-

Hill. Inc.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology. Krieg, N.R. and J.G. Holt (1986) ed.

2. Microbiology: Fundamentals and Applications. Ronald M. Atlas (1989) 2nd ed.

Maxwell Macmillan International Editions.

3. Microbiology. Prescott, L.M, Harley, JP. and Klein, DA. (1993) 2nd ed. WMC Brown

Publishers.

66 Director, SBS


Page No.14

SEMESTER – III


SUBJECT TITLE: Core Paper V: Microbial Physiology


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This paper presents the study of microbial nutrition and growth patterns. The information

about microbial metabolism and fermentative pathways help the students to understand about

microbial processing of substrates. Concepts of microbial photosynthesis in aerobic and

anaerobic conditions are also studied.

GOAL

This paper in microbiology has been designed to provide the student with a firm foundation in

the physiological aspects of microorganisms, which forms a base for their future research.

This paper also provides the basics in metabolism aspects for better understanding of

microbial physiology.

OBJECTIVE


microbial classification based on mode of nutrients, growing patterns of microbes, metabolic

cycles and fermentative pathways used by microbes to metabolize the nutrients and microbial

photosynthesis.

CONTENTS

UNIT- I

Nutrition- Nutritional requirements of microorganisms – classification based on nutritional

modes of organisms - Autotrophs, Heterotrophs, Phototrophs, Chemoautotrophs, Copiotrophs,

Oligotrophs. Nutritional classification based on carbon and electron sources. Transport of

nutrients- active passive and facilitated diffusion – carrier mediated and Iron transport.

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

67 Director, SBS


Page No.15

UNIT-II

Definition of growth – balanced and unbalanced growth, Different phases of growth – Growth

curve – generation time – factors influencing microbial growth – Intrinsic and Extrinsic

factors temperature, pH, oxygen, Pressure, Salt concentration, Moisture, Radiation. Bacterial

growth kinetics - batch, continuous and synchronous culture. Diauxic growth curve.

UNIT-III

Carbohydrate metabolism – Glycolysis, EMP pathway, HMP shunt, ED pathway – TCA

cycle. Aerobic respiration – Oxidative phosphorylation, ETC, ATP generation. Anaerobic

respiration – Sulfur, nitrate and carbon dioxide as electron acceptor.

UNIT-IV

Fermentative pathways– Alcohol and organic acid (Lactic acid, Propionic acid and mixed acid

fermentation), Methane fermentation.

UNIT-V

Microbial Photosynthesis- oxygenic (Cyanobacteria) and anoxygenic (Green sulfur and purple

non sulfur bacteria). Carbon dioxide fixation –C3, C4 pathways, Bioluminescence.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Microbiology. Prescott, LM, Harley, JP. and Klein, DA. (1993) 2nd ed. WMC Brown

Publishers.

2. General Microbiology. Roger Y. Stanier, (1987) 5th Ed. McMillan Press, Cornell

University.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Microbial Physiology. Albert G. Moat and John W. Foster (1988) 4th ed. John Wiley

and Sons.

2. Microbial physiology and Metabolism. Caldwell, DR. (1995) Brown publishers

3. Chemical Microbiology: An introduction to Microbial physiology. Rose. A.H.

(1986) Wiley and Sons.

4. Bacterial Metabolism. Gottschalk, G. (1986) 2nd ed. NY: Springer –Verlag.

5. Bacterial Metabolism. Doelle, HW. (2005) 2nd ed. Elsevier publications.

68 Director, SBS


Page No.16

SEMESTER – III


SUBJECT TITLE: Core Practical II: Molecular Genetics and Microbial Physiology


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This practical paper makes the students to get hands on training to handle the microbes safely,

analyze them and identify. By providing basic instrumentation knowledge, the students can

analyze the microbial genetic material using analytical methods.

GOAL

This practical paper in microbiology has been designed to provide the student with a firm

foundation in the aspects of analyzing; culturing and describing the physiological

characteristics features of the microbes isolated and based on the acquired result get

identified.

OBJECTIVE


handling the microbes in laboratory like culturing, analyzing and identifying them.

Understanding DNA and plasmids of microbial origin and its analysis.

CONTENTS

MOLECULAR GENETICS:

1. Isolation of bacterial DNA and its separation using agarose gel electrophoretic

technique (Demonstration).

2. Isolation of bacterial plasmid and its separation using agarose gel electrophoretic

technique (Demonstration).

3. Transformation (demonstration).

4. Auxotrophic mutants – UV and Chemical (EMS)

CIA – 40

ESE – 60

69 Director, SBS


Page No.17

MICROBIAL PHYSIOLOGY:

5. Measurement of microbial growth –– Turbidity methods – determination of

generation time.

6. Cultivation of anaerobic organisms – Wright’s tube method – McIntosh jar.

7. Isolation of Thermophiles.

8. Isolation of Halophiles.

9. Biochemical characteristics of microorganisms:

a. Indole production test

b. Methyl red test

c. Voges Proskauer test

d. Citrate utilization test

e. Carbohydrate fermentation

f. Hydrogen sulfide production test

g. Triple sugar iron test

h. Oxidase test

i. Catalase test

j. Urease test

k. Nitrate reduction test

10. Polymer degradation –Starch, Casein and Gelatin

REFERENCES

1. Experiments in microbiology plant pathology and biotechnology – Aneja, KR.

(2003) 4th Ed. New age international publ.

2. Microbiology – Laboratory Manual - James G. Cappuccino and Natalie Sherman

(1999) 6th ed. Benjamin/Cummings Science Publishing.

3. Microbiology Manual – Kannan, N, (2000) Palani Paramount Publishing.

4. Microbiology-Laboratory Manual – Sudarajan, M. (2001).

5. Experimental procedures in Lifesciences - Rajan, S. (2010) Anjana book house.

6. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual – Michael R. Green and Joseph

Sambrook (2001) 4th ed. Vol. II. Cold Spring Harbour Laboratory Press.

70 Director, SBS


Page No.18

SEMESTER – III


SUBJECT TITLE: Skill Based Subject I – Analytical Biochemistry and Biomedical

Instrumentation


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This subject presents the principles, instrumentation, working and application of the

instruments commonly used in the laboratories.

GOALS

To enable the students to learn about the functioning, components and applications of various

commonly used instruments.

OBJECTIVES

By successfully completing this subject a student will:

Become aware of strategies and methods for biochemical analysis as well as the

instrumentation.

Understand the working principles of analytical instruments and underlying chemistry of

methods so that their applicability, advantages, limitations and sources of error.

Learn to interpret and critically evaluate analytical data and to report and discuss the

results of biochemical analyses.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Chromatography - Principle, materials, methods and applications of paper chromatography,

TLC, GLC, Adsorption, Ion-exchange, Affinity and Molecular sieve chromatography.

Reversed phase, HPLC (principle and applications only).

CIA – 10

ESE – 40

71 Director, SBS


Page No.19

UNIT-II

Electrophoresis - Principle, instrumentation and applications of paper electrophoresis, agar

gel, starch gel, SDS-PAGE, immunoelectrophoresis and isoelectric focusing.2D Gel

Electrophoresis, (Overview only).

UNIT-III

Centrifugation –principle and types, bench top, high speed and ultra centrifuge. Principle and

applications of Analytical Centrifuge. Determination of Molecular weight by Sedimentation

velocity method. Separation of Subcellular Organelles.

UNIT-IV

Electromagnetic spectrum & laws of absorption. Principle, Instrumentation and applications

of Colorimetry, Spectrophotometry, Fluorimetry and Flame photometry.

Principle and applications of Atomic Absorption, Circular Dichroism, X-ray diffraction and

NMR Spectroscopy.

ECG, EEG, CT scan, Doppler, MRI scan (Principle and applications only). Blood gas and

electrolyte analysers.

UNIT-V

Radioactivity: Isotopes, Radioactivity, Radioactive decay, Interaction of radioactivity with

matter-Excitation and Ionisation. Measurement of Radioactivity: Methods based on

ionization-Ionization counter, Proportional counter, Geiger counter. Methods based on

excitation-Scintillation counting. Application of radioisotopes in biology and medicine.

Autoradiography.

TEXTBOOKS:

1. Biophysical Chemistry – Principles and Techniques - Upadhyay & Upadhyay, 4th

Edition, (2016) Himalayan Publications House.

2. Practical Biochemistry Principles & techniques Edited by Keith Wilson & John Walker

5th Edition Cambridge University Press.

72 Director, SBS


Page No.20

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Instrumental method of chemical analysis, B K Sharma, (2014) Krishna Prakashan

Media P Ltd.

2. An Introduction to Practical Biochemistry, David T. Plummer, 3rd Edition (2001)

McGraw Hill Education.

3. A Biologists guide to Principles and Techniques of practical Biochemistry- Keith

Wilson, Kenneth H. Goulding, 3rd Edition 1992. Cambridge University Press.

4. Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurement, R Ananda Natarajan, 2nd Edition

(1995) Prentice – Hall of India Pvt Ltd

73 Director, SBS


Page No.21

SEMESTER – IV


SUBJECT TITLE: Core Paper VI – Molecular Genetics.


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

Molecular genetics is concerned with the development of biochemical and genetic techniques

for handling the complex nucleic acids that constitute genetic material.

GOALS

To make the students to understand the concept of gene, chromosomes and gene transfer

mechanism.

OBJECTIVES

On successful completion of the course the students understand the concepts of Genetics and

its importance.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Mendel’s experiments and principle of segregation, monohybrid cross- Dominance,

Recessiveness, Codominance and Lethals; Principles of independent assortment- Dihybrid

cross, multiple alleles- ABO Blood type and Rh Factor alleles, Gene Interaction – Epistasis

and Non – Epistasis. Chromosomal theory of inheritance.

UNIT-II

Structure and function of DNA and RNA. DNA replication – conservative, semiconservative

and dispersive. Types of replication- (Rolling circle and θ mode). Enzymes involved in the

replication of DNA.

UNIT-III

Mechanism of Transcription: General principles - types of RNA polymerases, processing

steps. Initiation, elongation and termination. Post – transcriptional modifications in RNA:

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

74 Director, SBS


Page No.22

(capping, polyadenylation and splicing). Basic features of the genetic code. Protein synthesis:

initiation, elongation and termination. Operon concept – lac operon and Tryptophan operon.

UNIT-IV

Transformation: Discovery, Mechanism and Genetic mapping of Transformation.

Conjugation: Discovery, F+, F- and Hfr cells, Mechanism and Genetic mapping of

Conjugation. Transduction: Discovery, Mechanism (generalized and specialized) and Genetic

mapping of Transduction.

UNIT- V

Mutation - Spontaneous and induced - types of mutations - mutagens (Physical and chemical)

and mutagenesis. DNA repair mechanisms - Mismatch, base excision and SOS repair.

Transposons: Introduction - Discovery insertion sequences, complex and compound

transposons- Mechanism of transposition (Tn3).

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Microbial Genetics - David freifielder. (2002). Narosa publishing house, New Delhi.

2. Genetics - Ahluwalia K.B, (1996). New age international Pvt. Ltd.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Principles of Genetics - Elson John Gardner, Michael J. Simmons & D. Peter Snustad

(2005) 8th ed. John Wiley & sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd.,

2. Genes VIII - Benjamin Lewin (2004) Pearson prentice Hall, USA.

3. Essential of Molecular Biology - Brown TA. (2003) Freeman publishing House.

4. Genetics - Peter J. Russel (2002) Benjamin Cummings.

5. Principles of Genetics - Robert H. Tamarin (2004) 7th ed. Tata McGraw publishing

house, New Delhi.

75 Director, SBS


Page No.23

SEMESTER – IV

COURSE: B.Sc., MICROBIOLOGY

SUBJECT TITLE: CORE PRACTICAL II: Molecular Genetics and Microbial

Physiology


Refer semester III for Core Practical II syllabus

CIA – 40

ESE – 60

76 Director, SBS


Page No.24

SEMESTER – IV


SUBJECT TITLE: Skill Based Subject II – Bioinformatics

NUMBER OF HOURS/WEEK: 3 Hours

SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This subject emphasizes on various tools in bioinformatics and methods to determine the

alignment between the sequences.

GOALS

To enable the students to learn the basic computational skills in bioinformatics-sequence

analysis.

OBJECTIVES

On successful completion of the subject the students should have understood comparison of

sequences to find similar sequences, comparison of homologous sequences to construct a

molecular phylogeny and Visualization of 3D structures of protein.

CONTENTS

UNIT -I

Introduction to bioinformatics and data generation: Bioinformatics and its relation with

molecular biology. Scope of Bioinformatics, Tools in Bioinformatics. Applications of

Bioinformatics.

UNIT -II

Biological Database: Types - Nucleic acid databases (NCBI, DDBJ, and EMBL). Protein

databases (Primary, Composite, and Secondary). Carbohydrate databases. Specialized

Genome databases: (SGD and TIGR). Structure databases (CATH, SCOP, and PDB). File

Format- (Genbank, DDBJ and SwissProt).

CIA – 10

ESE – 40

77 Director, SBS


Page No.25

UNIT -III

Sequence Alignments and Visualization: Introduction to Sequences - Introduction to single

letter code of aminoacids, Symbols used in nucleotides, Alignments, Scoring matrices- PAM

and BLOSSUM, Dot plot and Dynamic Programming: Local alignment and Global alignment

(algorithm and example). Pairwise sequence alignment– BLAST and FASTA. Multiple

sequence alignment- CLUSTALW.

UNIT -IV

Phylogenetic Analysis - Introduction, Phylogenetic tree, rooted and unrooted tree, Method for

determining phylogenetic tree, Distance based method, Character based method.

UNIT -V

Visualisation tools- Rasmol, Swisspdb viewer, Jmol, webmol, chime. Conserved sequences-

Motif and Domain.

TEXT BOOKS :

1. Bioinformatics methods and applications Rastogi. S. C et al., 1993. Prentice Hall of

India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi,4th ed., India.

REFERENCE BOOKS :

1. Bioinformatics Sequence and Genome Analysis. David W. Mount, 2nd Edition

(2004).

2. Trends in Bioinformatics. 2006. Dr. P. Shanmugavel, Pointer publishes, Jaipur.

3. Principles of Bioinformatics. 2005. Dr. P. Shanmugavel, Pointer publishes, Jaipur.

4. Introduction to Bioinformatics. Attwood A.T and D.J Parry-smith, Pearson

education ltd.

78 Director, SBS


(AUTONOMOUS)





Phone No: 2666465





III Year B.Sc., MICROBIOLOGY

CURRICULUM, SCHEME OF EXAMINATION AND SYLLABI (CBCS)

(2017)


79 Director, SBS

Anx.UMb 11,3B.Sc. MB (CMS College) 2017 2015-18 batch

Page No.2

REGULATIONS

INTRODUCTION



agriculture, ocean sciences and the vital growing biotechnology industry (genetics, cell and

molecular biology, etc.) of the present era. Our primary objectives are: 1) to produce highly

qualified and competent majors in the selected Microbiology areas, 2) to develop and

maintain a strong and supportive research program to complement our teaching and 3) to be a

center of excellence and information resource in Microbiology.

MICROBIOLOGY



agriculture, ocean sciences and the vital growing biological industry (Genetics, cell and

Molecular biology, etc.,) of the present era.

OBJECTIVES

On successful completion of the course, the students will thoroughly understand the

basic techniques used in Microbiology, various Microbiological processes, applications of

Microbiology in various fields, such as Medical Microbiology, Pharmaceutical Microbiology,

Industrial Microbiology, Immunology, Molecular Biology, Genetic Engineering,

Environmental Microbiology, Genomics & Proteomics, Virology, Food and Dairy

Microbiology and Soil and Agricultural Microbiology. Students will also focus on IPR,

Bioethics and Biosafety, HACCP and GMP.

ELIGIBILITY

A pass in Higher Secondary Examination with one of the subjects as Biology/Botany/Zoology

(Academic).

DURATION OF UG COURSE

The course shall extend over a period of three years comprising of six semesters, with

two semesters per year. There shall not be less than ninety instructional days (six periods – 50

minutes duration each /day) during each semester. Examination shall be conducted at the end

of each semester for the theory subjects and practical examinations will be conducted at the

end of the even semester.

80 Director, SBS


Page No.3


PART SUBJECT No. of

Papers

Marks

@ Credits



III




Practicum - 50 2

IV


Tamil₤/Advanced Tamil₤/Communicative

English


Tamil₤/ Advanced Tamil₤/ General Awareness

2 100 # 4





VI Library - - -

Total 3500 140

Note: I

@Includes 25/40% continuous assessment marks for theory and practical subjects

respectively.

$ In core subjects both theory and practical’s should be included wherever applicable.

** In allied subjects both theory and practical’s should be included wherever applicable.

#No Continuous Internal assessment for these subjects

81 Director, SBS


Page No.4

!! The Evaluation of extension activities will be based on NSS/ NCC/ SPORTS/ Red Cross

₤Continuous Internal assessment for these subjects





iv) Other Social Components (Blood Camp, Fine Arts etc)

Note: II


82 Director, SBS


Page No.5

Annexure No. UMB11

BOS.DT: 12.6.2017







Sem

este

r

Par

t

Su

b C

ode

Subject Title

Inst

. H

rs

per

wee

k

Examination Details

Cre

dit

s

Du

rati

on i

n

Hou

rs

CIA

En

d S

emes

ter

Exa

m

Tot

al M

ark

s

SEMESTER I

I

I Language – I 6 3 25 75 100 4

II English – I 6 3 25 75 100 4


IV Core Paper II – Biochemistry 4 3 25 75 100 4

V Core Practical I – Cell Biology, Biochemistry and Microbiology

2 - - - - -

VI Allied Paper I – Chemistry-I 4 3 20 55 75 3

VII Allied Practical I- Chemistry 2 - - - - -

VIII Foundation Course I-Environmental Studies

2 3 - 50 50 2

Total 30 - - - 525 21

SEMESTER II

II

I Language – II 6 3 25 75 100 4

II English – II 6 3 25 75 100 4

III Core Paper III – Introductory Microbiology

5 3 25 75 100 4

83 Director, SBS


Page No.6

IV Core Practical I: Cell Biology, Biochemistry and Microbiology

4 3 40 60 100 4

V Allied Paper II – Chemistry- II 4 3 20 55 75 3

VI Allied Practical I – Chemistry 3 3 20 30 50 2

VII Foundation Course II – Cultural Heritage of India

2 3 - 50 50 2

Total 30 - - - 575 23

SEMESTER III

III



III Core Paper IV – Microbial Taxonomy and Diversity

4 3 25 75 100 4

IV Core paper V – Microbial Physiology

4 3 25 75 100 4

V Core Practical II –Molecular Genetics and Microbial Physiology

2 - - - - -

VI Allied paper III – Basic Mathematics

3 3 20 55 75 3

VII Skill based Subject 1 – Analytical Biochemistry and Biomedical Instrumentation

3 3 20 30 50 2

VIII Non-major elective – I

Basic Tamil / Women’s Rights 2 3 - 50 50 2

Total 30 - - - 575 23

SEMESTER IV

IV

I Language IV 6 3 25 75 100 4

II English IV 6 3 25 75 100 4

III Core Paper VI – Molecular Genetics

4 3 25 75 100 4

84 Director, SBS


Page No.7

III Core Practical II: Molecular Genetics and Microbial Physiology

4 6 40 60 100 4

IV Allied Paper IV: Fundamentals of Computers & C Programming

3 3 20 55 75 3

V Allied Practical II: Fundamentals of Computers and C Programming

2 3 20 30 50 2

VI SBS 2: Bioinformatics 3 3 20 30 50 2

VII Non-major elective II - General Awareness

2 3 - 50 50 2

Total 30 - - - 625 25

SEMESTER V

V

I Core Paper VII – Medical Microbiology-I

4 3 25 75 100 4

II Core Paper VIII – Genetic Engineering

5 3 25 75 100 4


IV Core Paper X - Immunology 4 3 25 75 100 4

V Elective – I 4 3 25 75 100 4

VI Skill based Subject 3: Clinical Laboratory Technology I

3 3 20 30 50 2

VII Core Practical III – Medical Microbiology, Industrial and Agricultural Microbiology

5 - - - - -

VIII Practicum* - - 20 30 50 2

Total 30 - - - 600 24

SEMESTER VI

VI

I Core Paper XI – Medical Microbiology-II

5 3 25 75 100 4

II Core Paper XII –Industrial Microbiology

5 3 25 75 100 4

85 Director, SBS


Page No.8

III Core Practical III – Medical, Industrial and Agricultural Microbiology

5 9 40 60 100 4

IV Elective – II 5 3 25 75 100 4

V Elective–III 5 3 25 75 100 4

VI Skill based Subject 4: Clinical Laboratory Technology-II

3 3 20 30 50 2

VII Extension Activities - - 50 - 50 2


Total 30 - - - 600 24

Grand total - - - - 3500 140

Practicum:


prior to Semester V. This should be of a minimum duration of 15 working days at any off-


Practicum report with attendance certificate upon completion and the bonafide report carried

out by the candidate under the guidance of a faculty authenticated and countersigned by the

Director. This practicum must be presented by the candidate in the department (at the end of

fifth semester) attended by all faculty and reviewed by the respective guide as examiner.

@ Practicum:





and overall.




86 Director, SBS


Page No.9







Core Practicals I, II: (for 40 marks):




Core Practical III:




Allied/ SBS (for 20 marks): One Internal test and One Model test in each semester







the Director.

87 Director, SBS


Page No.10


electives)


Paper I Food and Dairy

Microbiology Parasitology Biomolecules

Paper II

Environmental and

Agricultural

Microbiology


Paper III Pharmaceutical

Microbiology

Entrepreneurial

Microbiology Bio-nanotechnology

88 Director, SBS


Page No.11

Annex EDC: UG MB

BOS DT: 12:06:2017

CMS COLLEGE OF SCIENCE & COMMERCE (Autonomous)


B. Sc., Microbiology



Note:

The students has to compulsorily select one Extra Disciplinary Course offered by

other departments and are eligible to get 2 extra credits. This paper is offered as self-

study from the 2014 batch onwards.

Par

t

Su

b c

ode

Subject

Ins.

hrs

/ w

eek

Examinations

Du

r.

Exa

m

in h

rs

CIA

ES

E

Tot

al

mar

ks

Cre

dit

Semester V


Total - - - - 50 2

89 Director, SBS


Page No.12

SEMESTER – V


SUBJECT TITLE: Extra Disciplinary Course – Mushroom Cultivation

NUMBER OF HOURS/WEEK: Nil

SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This paper presents the technology and process involved in mushroom cultivation.

GOALS

To make the student to understand the methods involved in mushroom cultivation.

OBJECTIVES

On successful completion the subject student should have understood: What is Mushroom, its

types, how to cultivate and become an entrepreneur using the technology?

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Mushroom Technology: Introduction, History and Scope - Edible and Poisonous

Mushrooms. Vegetative characters - Formation and development of Basidiocarp, structure of

basidiocarp - Agaricus. Importance and nutritive value of edible mushrooms.

UNIT-II

Cultivation System and Farm design: Fundamentals of cultivation system- small village

unit & larger commercial unit. Principles of mushroom farm layout- location of building plot,

design of farm, bulk chamber, composting platform, equipments and facilities, pasteurization

room & growing rooms.

UNIT-III

Compost and Composting: Principles of composting, machinery required for compost

making, materials for compost preparation. Methods of Composting - Long method of

composting (LMC) and Short method of composting (SMC).

CIA – 10

ESE – 40

90 Director, SBS


Page No.13

UNIT-IV

Spawn and Spawning: Facilities required for spawn preparation, Preparation of spawn

substrate, preparation of pure culture, media used in raising pure culture, culture maintenance,

and storage of spawn.

UNIT-V

Cultivation of Button and Oyster Mushrooms: Cultivation of button mushroom (Agaricus

bisporus), oyster mushroom (Pleurotus florida) - Collection of raw materials, compost &

composting, spawn & spawning, casing & case run, croping & crop management, picking &

packing.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Mushroom Cultivation, Tripathi, D. P. (2005) Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. Pvt.

Ltd, New Delhi.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Mushroom Production and Processing Technology, Pathak Yadav Gour (2010)

Published by Agrobios (India).

2. A hand book of edible mushroom, S. Kannaiyan & K. Ramasamy (1980). Today &

Tomorrows printers & publishers, New Delhi

3. Handbook on Mushrooms, Nita Bahl, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co.

91 Director, SBS


Page No.14

SEMESTER – V


SUBJECT TITLE: Core Paper VII: Medical Microbiology – I


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

Medical microbiology is a branch of medicine concerned with the prevention, diagnosis and

treatment of infectious diseases. In addition, this field of science studies various clinical

applications of microbes for the improvement of health.

GOALS

To gain knowledge on the aspects of the interrelationship between infectious agents and their

hosts.

OBJECTIVES

On successful completion of the subject, the student will know about the mechanism of

infection and its types & provides the information about the prevention of diseases.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Safety precautions in Microbiology Lab- Specimen collection - Handling, Transport -

Definitions of pathogen, Saprophytes, Commensals and carrier types.

UNIT-II

Infections - sources of infections - types of infections - mode of transfer- definitions,

Epidemiology, Infectious disease cycle - Investigation and Control measures of epidemic,

pandemic, endemic.

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

92 Director, SBS


Page No.15

UNIT-III

Morphology, pathogenicity and lab diagnosis - Gram positive organisms: Bacillus anthracis,

Corynebacterium diphtheriae, Clostridium tetani. Staphylococcus aureus and Streptococcus

pneumonia.

UNIT-IV

Morphology, pathogenicity and lab diagnosis - Gram negative organisms - Proteus vulgaris,

Shigella dysenteriae, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, E. coli, Salmonella typhi and Vibrio

cholerae.

UNIT-V

Morphology, pathogenicity and lab diagnosis - Mycobacterium leprae, M. tuberculosis,

Leptospira species, Mycoplasma pneumoniae, Yersinia pestis and Yersinia entercolitica.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Textbook of Microbiology. Ananthanarayanan R and C K Jayaram panicker. (2005).

7th edition, Orient Longman pvt Ltd.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Medical Microbiology. Jawetz E and JL Melnic. (2001). Tata McGraw publishing

house, New Delhi.

2. Medical Microbiology. Patric R Murray. (1990). Mosby Publications.

3. Principles of Bacteriology, Virology and Immunology. Topley and Wilson. (1995).

Edward Arnold, London.

93 Director, SBS


Page No.16

SEMESTER – V


SUBJECT TITLE: Core Paper VIII: Genetic Engineering


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This course presents the principles of Genetic Engineering for the production of useful

biological products.

GOAL

To make the students to understand the concept of vector preparation, gene manipulation and

gene transfer technologies.

OBJECTIVE

On successful completion of the subject, students should have understood: Biology of

plasmid, usability of plasmid and viral particles as vectors and cloning strategies.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Introduction to Gene manipulation: Steps involved in gene cloning, Enzymes used in Gene

manipulation- Restriction endonucleases- Types and features - adaptors and linkers -

Methylases, End modifying enzymes and Ligases.

UNIT-II

Purification of DNA from living cells: Preparation of Total cell DNA from E. coli,

Preparation of Plasmid DNA, Preparation of Bacteriophage DNA- Lambda and M13.

Chemical synthesis of DNA.

UNIT-III

Vectors: Properties of a vector; Plasmids - Natural plasmid vectors - pSC101 and 2µm

Plasmid, Artificial Plasmid vectors - pBR322, pUC 8. Bacteriophage vectors -M13 phage

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

94 Director, SBS


Page No.17

vectors and lambda phage vectors - insertional and replacement vectors. Cosmids, phagemids

and phasmids, Yeast vectors- YEP, YAC.

UNIT-IV

Gene Transfer Methods and clone identification: Transformation in E. coli - Competent cell

preparation, Selection and identification of recombinants - Recombinant selection with

pBR322 (Direct and insertional inactivation methods), Recombinant selection with pUC;

Introduction of phage DNA into bacterial cells- Transfection, in vitropackaging of λcloning

vectors, Identification of recombinant phages; Construction of cDNA library, Clone

identification- Colony and plaque hybridization.

UNIT-V

Identification of gene location and sequencing: Methods used to locate a gene on small and

large DNA; DNA sequencing- Sanger Coulson method and Maxam Gilbert method. rDNA

amplification by PCR.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Introduction to gene cloning – Brown T.A, Stanley, (1998). 3rd Ed. Thomas Pub ltd,

Germany.

2. Principles of gene manipulation. Old, R.W. and Primrose S.B. (2003). 6th Ed. Black

Well Sci Ltd, Germany.

3. Gene Biotechnology – Jogdand, (1997), Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. From Genes to Clones – Ernst. L. Winnacker, (2003). 3rd Ed. Panima Publishing

Corporation, New Delhi.

2. Genes VIII, Benjamin Lewin (2004), Pearson Education Corporation, New Jersy.

3. Molecular Biology. Friefielder. D, (1987). 2nd ed. Narosa publishing house, New

Delhi.

4. Recombinant DNA Technology. J. D. Watson, (2001). 2nd Ed. WH Freeman and

Company, New York.

5. Molecular Biotechnology. Glick and Pasternak, (1996). Panima Publishing


95 Director, SBS


Page No.18

6. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual. Sambrook, J., Fritsch, E. F and

Maniatis, T., (2000). Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, New York.

96 Director, SBS


Page No.19

SEMESTER V


SUBJECT TITLE: Core paper IX: Virology


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This course presents the basics of virology which deals with the structure and properties of

viruses.

GOALS

To enable students to learn about different types of viruses, it’s structural and genetic

properties and its pathogenicity.

OBJECTIVES

On successful completion of the course the students will be aware of structural features of

different classes of viruses.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Early development of virology – general properties of viruses- cultivation of Viruses - virus

purification and assays. The structure of viruses- virion size - General structure properties-

helical capsids, icosahedral capsid - nucleic acids - Viral envelopes and enzymes - virus

classification.

UNIT-II

Reproduction of DNA phages- double stranded DNA lytic phages- lytic cycle of T4 phage.

The one step growth- adsorption to the host cell and penetration - synthesis of Phage nucleic

acids and protein assembly of phage particles- release of phage particles. Example of single

stranded DNA phage- фX 174 –Rolling circle replication.

UNIT-III

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

97 Director, SBS


Page No.20

Lysogeny- temperate bacteriophages - lambda phage - induction of lysogens - Generation of

defective phages and their uses. Example of RNA phage and its reproduction.

UNIT-IV

Viruses of Eukaryotes - General Classification of plant viruses –Structure, Reproduction and

life cycle and pathogenicity of plant viruses –Tobacco Mosaic Virus, Cauliflower Mosaic

Virus,Potato virusX

UNIT-V

Viruses of Eukaryotes General Classification of animal viruses – Structure, Reproduction and

life cycle and pathogenicity and diagnosis of Hepatitis (A.B). Mumps, AIDS, Rabies,

Influenza, Measles, Rubella, Herpes simplex I & II. Oncoviruses-DNA Virus-Epstein Barr

Virus and Human Papilloma Virus, RNA virus-Hepatitis C Virus and Human T lymphocytic

virus.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Introduction to Viruses - Amita Biswas, 2008. Vikas Publishing House (P) Ltd. New

Delhi.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. General Virology. Luria S.E. Darnel, J.E Jr. Baltimore. D and Campbell A. 1978, 3rd

edition, Wiley and sons.

2. Microbiology. Prescott L.M, Harley, J.P Klein D.A. 1900.WMC Publishers.

3. Introduction to modern virology. Dimmok and Primrose S.B.1994, 4th edition,

Blackwell scientific company publications.

98 Director, SBS


Page No.21

SEMESTER – V


SUBJECT TITLE: Core paper X – Immunology

NUMBER OF HOURS/WEEK: 4Hrs

SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This subject describes the defense mechanisms of the higher vertebrates against invading

pathogens, tumor immunology and autoimmunity.

GOALS: To understand the basics of human defense mechanisms against the invading

foreign bodies.

OBJECTIVES

On successful completion of the subject, the student will be aware of what immunity is, how

the immune system discriminates self from non-self antigens, how it is regulated, as well as

basic immunological techniques and their applications.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

History and Scope of Immunology - Cell and Organs involved in immune system- T cells (TH

cells, TC cells, TS cells), B cells and NK cells, Monocytes and Macrophages, Dendritic cells,

Neutrophils, Eosinophils, Basophils and Mast cells, Organization and structure of lymphoid

organs- Primary lymphoid organs- Bone marrow, Thymus- Secondary lymphoid tissues -

spleen, lymph nodes, gut associated lymphoid tissue.

UNIT-II

Antigen - types- characteristics - Immunoglobulins – general structure, types and biological

functions. Complement pathways - classical and alternate. Immunity – Innate and acquired

immunity. Types of immunity- Humoral and cell mediated, Cytokines and their functions.

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

99 Director, SBS


Page No.22

UNIT-III

Quantitative study of antigen- antibody reactions – Agglutination – Hemeagglutination,

Bacterial agglutination and precipitation – Immunodiffusion and Immunoelectrophoresis.

ELISA, Radioimmunoassay (RIA) – monoclonal antibodies and its applications (Hybridoma

Technology). Immunohematology - Blood transfusion - ABO grouping - Rh factor.

UNIT-IV

Allergy and hypersensitivity - classification types and Mechanisms - Autoimmune disorders:

systemic and organ specific disorders. Immunodeficiency diseases – SCID and AIDS.

Vaccines - Killed, Attenuated, Subunit and DNA vaccines.

UNIT-V

Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC): types, - Class I, II and III distribution and

function. Tissue transplantation - HLA typing - mechanism of acceptance and rejection.

Tumor immunology- tumor antigens, role of NK cells in tumor evasion, cancer

immunotherapy.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Kuby Immunology - Thomas J. Kindt, Richard A. Goldsby, Barbara A. Osborne

(2006) 6th ed. W.H. Freeman & Company, New York.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1 Roitt’s Essential Immunology - Peter J. Delves, Seamus J. Martin, Dennis R. Burton

and Ivan M. Roitt, (2017) 13th ed. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford.

2 Fundamentals of Immunology – William E Paul (2012) Raven Press, New York

3 Cellular and Molecular Immunology - Abul K. Abbas, Andrewtt, Lichtman &

Jordan S. Pober (2017) W.B. Saunder’s Company, A Harcourt Health Sciences

Company, NY.

4 Immunology - Tizard (1995) 4th ed. Saunders College Publishers, New York.

100 Director, SBS


Page No.23

SEMESTER – V


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective-I: Group A – Food and Dairy Microbiology


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This subject provides an overview of food related microbes and its interaction with food as

substrate, food spoilage and food-borne illness manifested by food borne microbes, dairy

products and its fermentation.

GOALS

To cover the fundamental aspects of Food Microbiology including food spoilage, illness and

dairy product fermentation.

OBJECTIVES

Students would be aware of factors influencing microbial growth in food, different source of

microbes in food spoilage and food-borne illness, and would acquire an overview in

fermentation process of dairy products.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Food and microorganisms - Important microorganism in food (Bacteria, mold and yeast)-

Factors affecting the growth of the microorganisms in food- pH, moisture, OR potential,

nutrient content, inhibitory substances and biological structures.

UNIT-II

Principles of preservations- general principles and application methods - asepsis - technique

of removal - use of temperature (low and high). Drying, radiation and chemical preservatives

(Benzoate, propionate, sodium chloride and sugar).

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

101 Director, SBS


Page No.24

UNIT-III

Spoilage of food: Cereal products, vegetables and fruits, eggs and milk- canned foods.

UNIT-IV

Fermented foods - Oriental foods- Soy sauce, misu, tempeh, sufu, and angkak. Fermented

dairy products- Acidophilus milk, cultured butter milk, yoghurt, kefir, koumiss and cheese

production and its types (blue veined cheese and cheddar cheese).

UNIT-V

Food borne diseases- Food borne infections and food intoxications - bacterial and

mycotoxins- investigations of food poisoning outbreak.

TEXTBOOKS:

1. Food Microbiology – Frazier, WC, Westhoff, DC. (2003) TATA Mc Graw Hill, New

Delhi

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Food Microbiology – Adams, MR, and Moss, MO. (2005)1st ed. Reprinted, Published

byNew Age International (P) Limited. Publishers, New Delhi.

2. Modern Food Microbiology – James M. Jay (2000) 4th ed. CBS Publishers &

Distributors, New Delhi.

3. Basic Food Microbiology – Banwart, GJ, (2004) 2nd ed. CBS Publishers &


102 Director, SBS


Page No.25

SEMESTER – V


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective-I: Group B – Parasitology


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This course emphasizes on the importance of medical parasitology.

GOALS

To study the morphological characteristics for identification of parasites to taxonomic group

and the life history stage.

OBJECTIVES

On successful completion of this course, the student should Understand the evolution of

parasitic groups, as well as other aspects of the parasites discussed.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Introduction to Medical parasitology - classification, host-parasite relationships. Types of

infections-methods of infection. Epidemiology, life cycle, pathogenic mechanisms, lab

diagnosis, treatment of parasites.

UNIT-II

Morphology, life cycle and pathogenecity, lab diagnosis and treatment of Protozoa causing

human infections – Entamoeba histolytica, Toxoplasma gondii, Cryptosporidium,

Leishmania, Trypanasoma, Giardia, Trichomonas and Balantidium.

UNIT-III

Morphology, life cycle and pathogenicity, laboratory diagnosis and treatment of: Helminths:

Cestodes – T. solium, T. saginata and T. echinococcus.

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

103 Director, SBS


Page No.26

UNIT-IV

Morphology, life cycle and pathogenicity, laboratory diagnosis and treatment of – trematodes-

Fasciola hepatica, Fascio lopsisbuski, Paragonimus and Schistosomes.

UNIT-V

Nematodes: Ascaris, Ankylostoma, Trichuris, Trichinella, Enterobius, Strongyloides and

Wuchereria.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Text book of Medical Parasitology – Protozoology and Helminthology. Subhash

Chandra Parija, 2004. 2nd edition, published by All India Publishers and Distributors,

Medical book publisher, New Delhi.

2. Text book of Medical Parasitology - JeyaramPaniker, 2004. 5th edition, JAYPEE

brothers, Medical Publishers (P) Ltd, New Delhi.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Medical Parasitology - Ichpujani, R.L. and Rajesh Bhatia, 2003. 3rd edition, JAYPEE

brothers, Medical publishers (P) Ltd, New Delhi.

2. Diagnostic Microbiology - Bailey and Scott’s., 1990. Eighth edition. The Mosby

104 Director, SBS


Page No.27

SEMESTER – V


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective-I: Group C – Biomolecules


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This course emphasizes on the biomolecules and their importance.

GOALS

To make the student to learn and understand the chemistry of biomolecules

OBJECTIVES

On successful completion of this course, the student must have gained the knowledge

regarding individual biomolecules and its importance.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Carbohydrates: Classification, structure, properties & chemical reactions of

monosaccharides and disaccharides (Maltose, Lactose and Sucrose). Polysaccharides -

Structure & biological functions of Homo & Hetero polysaccharides (Starch and Glycogen).

UNIT-II

Lipids: Definition, classification of lipids, physiochemical properties. Storage lipids - fatty

acids, triglycerides. Structural lipids - phospholipids, glycolipids & sphingolipids. Structure &

Biological role of cholesterol, prostaglandins, thromboxanes and leukotrienes.

UNIT-III

Classification of amino acids, general properties, Non-protein amino acids. Peptide bond -

structure & conformation, Ramachandran Plot. Protein classification, Physiochemical

properties of proteins. An over view on the organization of protein Structure – Primary,

Secondary, Tertiary, and Quaternary structure.

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

105 Director, SBS


Page No.28

UNIT-IV

Structures of Purines, pyrimidines, Nucleosides & Nucleotides. Properties of nucleic acids.

DNA- Double helical structure - Isoforms. RNA - Types & functions.

UNIT-V

Minerals in biological system & their importance - Iron, Calcium, Phosphorous, Iodine,

Copper and Zinc. Vitamins: Definition, classification - Fat-soluble (Vitamins A, D, E, K) and

water soluble vitamins (Vitamin B & C) - Sources, functions and deficiencies.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Fundamentals of Biochemistry - J. L. Jain, S. Chand publications 6th edition.

2. Principles of Biochemistry – Lehninger, W. H. Freeman & Comp New York. 5th

edition

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Biochemistry – Zubay, 4th edition William. C. Brain publishers.

2. Biochemistry – Voet & Voet, 4th edition John Wiley & Sons (Asia) pvt ltd.

106 Director, SBS


Page No.29

SEMESTER – V

COURSE: B.SC., MICROBIOLOGY

SUBJECT TITLE: Skill Based Subject 3 – Clinical Laboratory Technology-I


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This paper deals with the basic hospital laboratory techniques

GOALS

The goal of this subject is to provide students with a working knowledge in Clinical

biochemical techniques.

OBJECTIVES

On completion of this subject the students will gain knowledge on the clinical assessment of

various diseased conditions & Routine test followed in the laboratory.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Laboratory Safety: An overview of Laboratory maintenance – documentation and quality

control – introduction of biological samples – preparation of the reagents and storage –

maintenance and handling of equipment – cleaning of glass ware – documentation of the

samples and results.

Collection, Transport and analysis of Specimen: Blood, Urine, Faeces, Sputum, semen,

CSF.

Disposal of Laboratory/Hospital Waste: Non-infectious waste, Biomedical wastes, infected

sharp waste disposal, infected non-sharp waste disposal- colour coding as per guidelines.

UNIT-II

Haematology: Anticoagulants, Separation of serum and plasma. Enumeration of formed

elements: RBC Count - WBC counts - Total and differential - Platelet count. Haemoglobin

CIA – 20

ESE – 30

107 Director, SBS


Page No.30

estimation – Sahli’s method, Erythrocyte sedimentation rate - Westergen’s method,

Hematocrit- Wintrobe’s method, Reticulocyte count - Preparation of blood films - Stains used

in Haematology-Wright’s stain, Giemsa stain.

Clinical Chemistry: Blood sugar Analysis- glucometer based analysis, Fasting, Random,

Post Prandial, HbA1C, and GTT.

UNIT-III

Routine Analysis of Urine: Collection preservation, Color, odour, volume, Specific gravity

& pH Test for protein – Coagulation of Protein, Bence Jones protein test. Glucose –

Benedict’s qualitative test and Fehling’s test. Ketone Bodies test – Rothera’s test and

Gerhardt’s test. Bile salt - Hay’s test. Bile Pigment – Fouchet’s Test and Smith’s test.

Urobilin – Bogomolow’s test, Urobilinogen – Ehrlich’s aldehyde test. Microscopical

examination of Urine.

UNIT-IV

Histopathology: Introduction to histopathology. - Receiving Specimens in Laboratory -

Grossing techniques. Various fixatives - Mode of action, Indications, Preparation,

Decalcification of calcified tissue before sectioning - Processing of tissues for routine paraffin

sections and other methods of embedding (histopathological examination of pathogenic

sample-nephrotic syndrome).

UNIT-V

Blood Banking: Blood Group (ABO & Rh) – methods of grouping & reverse grouping. Basic




transfusion & hazards.

REFERRENCES

TEXT BOOKS:


and Edward R. Ashwood, David E. Burns, 4th edition, (2005), W.B. Saunders

Company.

108 Director, SBS


Page No.31

2. Medical Laboratory Technology- Ramnik Sood –5th edition, 2006, Jaypee Brothers

Medical Publishers (P) Ltd.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Practical Clinical Biochemistry - Harold Varley (2005), 4th Edition, CBS Publishers

and Distributors.

2. Medical Laboratory Technology Vol.1 Kanai L. Mukherjee, 2010, Tata McGraw Hill

109 Director, SBS


Page No.32

SEMESTER – V


SUBJECT TITLE: Core Practical III: Medical, Industrial And Agricultural

Microbiology.


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

These practical gives a representation of Medical Microbiology Industrial and Agricultural

Microbiology.

GOAL

These practical helps the student the practical knowledge of various molecular techniques and

also helps in understanding the processing techniques of a clinical sample

OBJECTIVE

On the successful completion of the course, the students will get an overall understanding of a

medically important pathogen and also various techniques involved in industries and in

agricultural field.

CONTENTS

I. MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY

1. Collection and Processing of clinical specimens and identification of pathogens

from clinical specimen

a. Urine

b. Blood

c. Pus

d. Throat swab

II. ANTIBIOGRAM FOR THE CLINICAL ISOLATES

2. Kirby bauer technique

III. HAEMATOLOGY

3. Identification of WBC –Basophils, Eosinophils, Neutrophils

CIA – 40

ESE – 60

110 Director, SBS


Page No.33

4. Blood grouping test

IV. SEROLOGY

5. WIDAL

6. RPR

7. ASO

8. CRP

9. Immunodiffusion –Radial and Double Immunodiffusion (ODD)

10. Immuno electrophoresis

V. INDUSTRIAL MICROBIOLOGY

Production and estimation of

11. Microbial enzymes – Amylase and Protease

12. Wine

VI. ENVIRONMENTAL, FOOD AND AGRICULTURAL MICROBIOLOGY

13. Analysis of the spoilers

Vegetables and fruits,

Beverages –soft drinks

Ice-cream

14. MBRT –milk quality testing

15. Water potability test -MPN

16. Isolation of nitrogen fixing microorganisms – symbiotic and free living

17. Isolation of Phosphate solubilizers

18. Isolation of fungal phytopathogens

111 Director, SBS


Page No.34

REFERENCES:

1. Experiments in Microbiology plant pathology and biotechnology – Aneja, KR.

(2003) 4th ed. New age international publ.



3. Microbiology Manual – Kannan, N, (2000).Palani Paramount Publishing.

4. Experimental procedures in Lifesciences - Rajan, S. (2010) Anjana book house.

112 Director, SBS


Page No.35

SEMESTER – VI


SUBJECT TITLE: Core Paper XI: Medical Microbiology – II


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION




GOALS


hosts.

OBJECTIVES



CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Laboratory methods in basic Mycology- Collection and transport of clinical specimens-

Direct Microscopic examination, Culture media and incubation, Serological tests for fungi -

Antifungal susceptibility testing.

UNIT-II

Medical Mycosis - Identification, and Transport of fungal specimens - pathogenesis of

superficial mycosis - Tinea, Piedra. Cutaneous mycosis - Dermatophytosis. Subcutaneous

mycosis - Sporotrichosis, Mycetoma, Systemic mycosis - Blastomycosis and Histoplasmosis.

Opportunistic mycosis - Candidiasis, Cryptococcosis and Aspergillosis.

UNIT-III

Introduction to parasitology: Types of parasite and host. Lab diagnosis- Clinical and

parasitic. Diagnosis of parasitic Infections-Collection, processing and examination of

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

113 Director, SBS


Page No.36

specimen from stool, sputum, cerebrospinal fluid and duodenal content. Examination of blood

for blood parasites.

UNIT-IV

Morphology, life cycle, pathogenicity and lab diagnosis of Entamoeba histolytica, Giardia

intestinalis, Plasmodium falciparum, Toxoplasma gondii and Taeniasaginata.

UNIT-V

Morphology, life cycle, pathogenicity and lab diagnosis of Trichuris trichura, Ancylostoma

duodenale, Enterobius vemiculari, Ascaris lumbricoides and Wuchereria bancrofti.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Introduction to the History of Mycology - Ainsworth (2009), Cambridge University

Press

2. Text book of Medical Parasitology – Protozoology and Helminthology. Subhash

Chandra Parija, 2004. 2nd edition, published by All India Publishers and Distributors,

Medical book publisher, New Delhi.

3. Text book of Medical Parasitology – Jeyaram Paniker, 2004. 5th edition, JAYPEE

brothers, Medical Publishers (P) Ltd, New Delhi.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. An introduction to Mycology - Mehrotra, R.S. and Aneja, K.R., 2006. Reprinted and

Published by New Age International (P) Ltd, Publishers, New Deli.

2. A Text Book of Medical Mycology – Jegadish Chander, 1996. Interprint, New Delhi.

3. Medical Parasitology - Ichpujani, R.L. and Rajesh Bhatia, 2003. 3rd edition, JAYPEE

brothers, Medical publishers (P) Ltd, New Delhi.

4. Diagnostic Microbiology - Bailey and Scott’s., 1990. Eighth edition. The Mosby

Company.

5. Medical laboratory techniques - Abdul Khader, 2003, First edition. Frontline

Publications, Hyderabad.

114 Director, SBS


Page No.37

SEMESTER – VI


SUBJECT TITLE: Core Paper XII: Industrial Microbiology


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This paper presents the study of Industrial microbiology, Upstream and Downstream process

used in the production of Primary and Secondary Metabolites.

GOAL

To make the Students to understand the fundamental processes involved in upstream and

down streaming process in the productions of microbial products.

OBJECTIVE

Students on completion of this paper will acquire a thorough knowledge on schematic process

of fermentation techniques and product development.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Industrially important strains- Screening methods - Strain development for improved yield -

Mutation, Recombination and protoplasmic fusion.

UNIT-II

Fermentors: Component parts of CSTR – Types of Fermenter (tower, cylindroconical &

airlift) – Fermentation: Submerged and solid state- Batch fermentation- Continuous

fermentation.

UNIT-III

Fermentation media formulation - Inoculum development for bacterial and mycelial

processes- oxygen transfer -Newtonian fluid and non-Newtonian fluids sterilization of media -

air.

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

115 Director, SBS


Page No.38

UNIT-IV

Downstream process - intracellular and extra cellular products, liquid- liquid extraction,

precipitation, filtration, centrifugation, solvent extraction, ion exchange resin and drying.

UNIT-V

Production of beverages - beer and wine - vitamin B12 and riboflavin- antibiotics- penicillin

and streptomycin -Bio fuel: Production of Bio ethanol from sugar Molasses, Starch and

cellulosic materials, ethanol recovery.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Industrial Microbiology - Patel, A.H. (2005) Macmillan India Ltd, New Delhi.

2. Industrial Microbiology - Casida, J. R. (2005) New Age International (P) Limited,

New Delhi.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Industrial Microbiology - Samuel C Presscott and Ceril G Dunn (2005) Agrobios

(India), Agro house, Jodhpur.

2. Microbial Technology - Peppler, H.J. and Pearlman, D. (2004). 2nd edition, Academic

press.

3. Principles of Fermentation Technology – Stanbury A. Whitaker and S.J. Hall

(1997). 2nd edition, Pergamon press.

116 Director, SBS


Page No.39

SEMESTER-VI


SUBJECT TITLE: Core Practical III: Medical, Industrial and Agricultural

Microbiology.


Refer Semester V Core Practical III for syllabus

CIA – 40

ESE – 60

117 Director, SBS


Page No.40

SEMESTER – VI


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective-II: Group A – Environmental and Agricultural

Microbiology


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This paper brings in the importance of soil microorganisms, its interactions and the role of

microorganisms in the environment in cycling of elements.

GOALS

To make the students to understand the importance of soil microorganisms and its role in the

mineralization of compounds. It also adds the knowledge of the role of microbes in the

environment.

OBJECTIVES

On successful completion of the course the students understand the various role of

microorganisms in the environment and agriculture.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Soil environment Microbial communities in soil - bacteria, actinomycetes, algae, fungi, virus,

protozoans & nematodes and their significance. Microbial associations – symbiotic proto

cooperation, ammensalism, commensalisms, syntropism, parasitism and predation with

suitable examples.

UNIT-II

Biogeochemical cycling of compounds- Carbon cycle- Nitrogen cycle - nitrogen fixing

microorganisms - Root nodule bacteria - non symbiotic nitrogen fixers - Phosphorous cycle.

Mycorrhizae -Ectomycorrhiza, Endomycorrhiza & Ectendomycorrhizae.

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

118 Director, SBS


Page No.41

UNIT-III

Biofertilizers: Mass production of Bacterial biofertilizers (Rhizobium and Phosphate

solubilizing bacteria) - cyanobacterial biofertiliser and fungal (mycorrhizae) biofertilizers -

their significance and practice. Microbial decomposition; Cellulose, hemi cellulose, lignin,

pectin and chitin. Aerobic and anaerobic degradation of organic matter.

UNIT-IV

Aero Microbiology- aerosol, droplet nuclei, air pollution- sources- (Microbiological) – air

quality analysis- air sampling devices. Air borne diseases.

UNIT-V

Aquatic Microbiology- Algae - Phytoplankton – Eutrophication - Distribution of

Microorganisms in different water systems – Factors influencing the distribution of

Microorganisms. Waste water recycling - Primary, secondary and tertiary treatment.

Potability of drinking water - MPN technique.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Environmental Microbiology - Vijaya Ramesh K (2004). 1st Edition, MJP Publishers

(A Unit of Tamil Nadu Book House) Chennai.

2. Environment Aspects of Microbiology - Joseph C Daniel (1999). 1st Edition, Bright

sun Publications, Chennai.

REFRENCE BOOKS:

1. Biofertilizers in Agriculture and Forestry - Subbarao NS 1995. 3rd edition,

Oxfordand IBH pub, co. pvt ltd, NewDelhi.

2. Agricultural Microbiology - Rangaswami G & DG Bagyaraj , 2002. 2nd Edition,

Prentice- Hall of India, New Delhi.

3. Microbial Ecology - Atlas RN & Bartha R 1998, 4th edition, Benjamin cummings.

4. Introduction to soil Microbiology - Alexander M 1977. John Wiley & sons, Inc.

Newyork.

5. Soil Microbiology - Subba Rao NS 2004, 4th edition, Oxford & IBH

PublishingCo.pvt.Ltd., NewDelhi.

119 Director, SBS


Page No.42

SEMESTER – VI


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective - II: Group B – Medical Biochemistry


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This course emphasizes on the importance of medical Biochemistry.

GOALS

To make the student to learn and understand the chemistry of biomolecules

OBJECTIVES

On successful completion of this course, the student must have gained the knowledge

regarding individual biomolecules and its importance.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Disorders of carbohydrate metabolism – Diabetes mellitus, Glucose tolerance tests, sugar

levels in blood, renal threshold for glucose, factors influencing blood glucose level, glycogen

storage diseases, pentosuria and galactosemia.

UNIT-II

Disorders of lipids- Plasma lipoproteins, cholesterol, triglycerides and phospholipids in health

and disease, hyperlipidemia, hyperlipoproteinemia, Gaucher’s disease, Tay-Sach’s, ketone

bodies and ß-lipoproteinemia.

UNIT-III

Disorders of liver and kidney- Jaundice, fatty liver, normal and abnormal functions of liver

and kidney, inulin and urea clearance.

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

120 Director, SBS


Page No.43

UNIT-IV

Abnormalities in nitrogen metabolism-Uremia, hyperurecemia, porphyria and factors

affecting nitrogen balance.

UNIT-V

Blood - composition and functions, properties and functions of haemoglobin. Blood Clotting-

disturbances in blood clotting mechanisms- haemorrhagic disorders, haemophilia, purpura,

thrombocytopenic purpura, disseminated intravascular coagulation, acquired prothrombin

complex disorders, circulating anticoagulants.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Fundamentals of biochemistry. A. C. Deb. 8th edition. New central book agency (p)

ltd. India

2. Biochemistry. U. Sathyanarayana. 2nd edition. Books and allied pvt ltd.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Textbook of biochemistry with clinical correlations. Thomas M Deblin. 4th edition.

John Wiley and sons, Inc., publications., New York.

2. Fundamental of Biochemistry for medical students. Ambika Shanmugam. Revised

Edition (2003). Published by the Author, 17. III Cross street, west CIT nagar,Chennai-

35

121 Director, SBS


Page No.44

SEMESTER – VI


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective-II: Group C – Plant Biotechnology


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This course emphasizes on the importance of Plant Biotechnology.

GOALS

To make the student to learn and understand the concepts of plant tissue culture and its

importance.

OBJECTIVES

On successful completion of this course, the student must have gained the knowledge on

how to prepare the plantlets and handling procedures.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Plant Tissue culture – History, Plant tissue culture media, types, constituents and preparation

of media, selection of suitable medium.

UNIT-II

Protoplast culture and somatic hybridization, production of Haploid plants, Somaclonal

variations, Clonal propagation (micro propagation) germplasm conservation and

cryopreservation.

UNIT-III

Genetic Engineering of plants - Gene transfer methods – vector mediated gene transfer, virus -

mediated gene transfer, Direct or Vectorless DNA transfer.

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

122 Director, SBS


Page No.45

UNIT-IV

Application of Transgenic plants – Resistance to biotic stresses – Insect resistance plant virus,

bacteria and fungi resistance, abotic stress - herbicide resistance plants.

UNIT-V

Molecular Marker Aided plant Breeding - Molecular markers, Molecular marker assisted

selection, Arid & semi-arid plant Biotech, Green house & Green home technology.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Biotechnology. Dr. U. Sathyanarayana. Books and Allied Publications

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. From genes to clones. Introduction to Gene Technology. Winnacker, E.L. 1989.

VCH Weinhein.

2. Principles of Gene Manipulation. Old, R,M. and S.B. Primrose. 1995. Blackwell

Scientific Publication. London.

3. Molecular Biotechnology – Principles and applications of recombinant DNA.

Glick, B.K. and Pasternak, J.J. 1994. ASM Press, Washington.

123 Director, SBS


Page No.46

SEMESTER – VI


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective III: Group A – Pharmaceutical Microbiology


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This paper presents the study of enzyme and antimicrobial products production related to

pharmacy. The information about antibiotics and their mode of action indicates the usage of

advancement in pharmacy research.

GOAL


the pharmaceutical aspects of microbiology, which forms a base for their future research. This

paper also provides the basics in microbial spoilage and sterilization of pharmaceutical

products.

OBJECTIVE


production aspects of pharmaceutical important enzymes, products and diagnostic aids.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Antibiotics and synthetic antimicrobial agents (Aminoglycosides, β-lactams, tetracyclines,

ansamycins, acrolid antibiotics) Mechanism of action of antibiotics (inhibitors of cell wall

synthesis, nucleic acid and protein synthesis) Antifungal antibiotics, antitumor substances.

Peptide antibiotics, Chloramphenicol, Sulphonamides and Quinolinone antimicrobial agents.

Chemical disinfectants, antiseptics and preservatives.

UNIT-II

Types of microbial spoilage, Factors affecting the microbial spoilage of pharmaceutical

products, Sources and types of microbial contamination, Microbial standards for non-sterile

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

124 Director, SBS


Page No.47

pharmaceuticals, Assessment of microbial contamination and spoilage, Microbial limit tests,

Preservative efficacy test: challenge test

UNIT-III

Sterilizing pharmaceutical products, Different methods - dry heat, moist heat, gaseous,

radiation and filtration. Sterilization monitors, D-value, Z-value, Sterility testing of

pharmaceutical products.

UNIT-IV

Chemical classification of different disinfectants, dynamics and factors affecting on

disinfectant action and selection of disinfectants, methods used for evaluation of disinfectant,

Phenol coefficient test.

UNIT-V

Manufacturing procedures and in process control of pharmaceuticals. Other pharmaceuticals

produced by microbial fermentations (streptokinase, streptodornase). New vaccine

technology, DNA vaccines, synthetic peptide vaccines and multivalent subunit vaccines.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Pharmaceutical biotechnology - Purohit, Kulkarni, Saluja (2003) Agrobios.

2. Pharmaceutical Microbiology – Hugo, WB. and Russel, AD. Blackwell Scientific,

Oxford.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Gene therapy - Templeton and Lasic (2000) Marcel and Dekkn.

2. The basic science of gene therapy – Richard C. Mulligan (1993) American

Association for the Advancement of Science.

3. Comprehensive biotechnology - Murray Moo-Young (Ed) Vol-3 (2004) Permagon

Press.

4. Pharmaceutical biotechnology - Purohit (2003) 2nd ed. Agrobios.

125 Director, SBS


Page No.48

SEMESTER – VI


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective III: Group B – Entrepreneurial Microbiology


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This course emphasizes on the various aspect for the students to become a successful

entrepreneur.

GOALS

To make the student to learn the concepts of entrepreneurship.

OBJECTIVES

On successful completion of this course, the student must have gained the knowledge on self-

employment in relation to Microbiology.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Entrepreneur development, activity, Institutes involved, Government contributions to

entrepreneurs, risk assessment. Industrial Microbiology, Definition, scope and historical

development.

UNIT-II

Microbial cells as fermentation products- Bakers yeast, food and feed yeasts, Bacterial

Insecticides, Legume Inoculants, Mushrooms, Algae. Enzymes as fermentation products-

Bacterial and Fungal Amylases, Proteolytic Enzymes, Pectinases, Invertases, and other

enzymes.

UNIT-III

Mushroom cultivation and Composting- Cultivation of Agaricuscampestris,

Agaricusbisporus, and Volvariellavolvaciae; Preparation of compost, filling tray beds,

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

126 Director, SBS


Page No.49

spawning, maintain optimal temperature, casing, watering, harvesting, storage. Biofertilizers-

Historical background, Chemical fertilizers versus biofertilizers, organicfarming. Rhizobium

sp, Azospirillum sp, Azotobacter sp, as Biofertilizers.

UNIT-IV

Patents and secret processes, History of patenting, composition, subject matter and

characteristics of a patent, Inventor, Infringement, cost of patent. Patents in India and Other

countries.

UNIT-V

Brewing- Media components, preparation of medium, Microorganisms involved, maturation,

carbonation, packaging, keeping quality, contamination, by products. Production of Industrial

alcohol.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Entrepreneurial Development in India – Arora

REFERENCE BOOKS:

2. Industrial Microbiology – L. E. Casida, Jr, New age International publication.

3. Experiments in Microbiology, Plant pathology, Tissue culture and Mushroom

production technology – K. R. Aneja, New age International publication.

127 Director, SBS


Page No.50

SEMESTER – VI


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective III: Group C – Bionanotechnology


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

The paper describes about the study of the controlling of matter on an atomic and molecular

scale. Nanotechnology is a find that turned the world around.

GOALS

To gain knowledge about the nanoparticles of various sizes and their biological importance.

OBJECTIVES

On successful completion of the subject, the student will know about the projected ability to

construct items from the bottom up, using techniques and tools being developed today to

make complete, high performance products.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Introduction- Definition, about Bionanomachines, Molecular Bionanotechnology. History of

Bionanotechnology; Richard Feynman and his contributions. Biotechnology versus

Bionantechnology. Natural Bionanamachines.

UNIT-II

Structural Principles of Bionanaotechnology- Environment in which the Bionanomachines

Functions. Principles behind design of Natural Bionanaomachines- Covalent bonding,

Dispersions and repulsion forces. Hydrogen bonding, Electrostatic Interaction, Hydrophobic

effect. Hierarchical strategy in construction of Bionanomachines – Selfassembly, Self-

organization.

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

128 Director, SBS


Page No.51

UNIT-III

Functional Principles of Bionanotechnology- Information storage- Nucleic acid, Ribosomes

as assembler to construct proteins. Energetics- Energy from Light, electrontransport

pathways, electrochemical gradient. Biocatalysts- Enzymes and its regulation. Biomaterials.

Biomolecular motors. Molecular sensing- Biosensors.

UNIT-IV

Tools and technique required for Bionanaotechnology- Recombinant DNA technology; site

directed mutagenesis, Fusion proteins. X-Ray Crystallography, NMR, Electron Microscopy,

Atomic force Microscopy. Bioinformatics- Molecular Modeling, Docking, Computer assisted

Molecular design.

UNIT-V

Applications of Bionanotechnology- Nanomedicines; Immunotoxins, Liposomes as drug

carriers, Gene therapy, Personalised Medicines; Lab on chip concept. DNA Computers,

Artificial Life, Hybrid materials, Biosensors.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Bionanotechnology – Goodsell

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Nanomedicines. Parag Diwan and Asish Bharadwaj. Pentagan Press, 2006.

2. Nanoparticles as Drug Carriers – Vladimir P Torchilin,. Imperial College Press,

North Eastern University, USA. 2006.

129 Director, SBS


Page No.52

SEMESTER – VI


SUBJECT TITLE: SBS –IV– Clinical Laboratory Technology-II


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This paper deals with the advanced diagnostic methods for microbial infections.

GOALS

This subject is extremely important for the student as it paves the ways to easily understand

various professional courses such as parasitology, mycology and others.

OBJECTIVES

On completion of this subject the students will be of well trained, qualified, competent and

task oriented medical laboratory technologists.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Laboratory techniques in Bacteriology: Pathogenic organisms- Laboratory diagnosis of

UTI, Sore throat, diarrhoea, acute pyogenic meningitis, Food poisoning. Methods for Testing

Antimicrobial Susceptibility-Kirby Bauer Disc Diffusion method, MIC determination, ESBL

testing.

UNIT-II

Laboratory techniques in Mycology: Collection, handling & processing of clinical

mycology specimens: Direct examination of specimens: i) Saline Wet Mount, ii) KOH

Preparation. Stains: i) Lactophenol cotton blue and ii) Acid-Fast Stains. Fungal Culturing:

Selective media for isolation.

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

130 Director, SBS


Page No.53

Laboratory techniques in Virology: Direct detection (Electron Microscopy with one

example), virus isolation (Cytopathic effect with one example), serological identification with

one example (ELISA-Hbs-Ag)

UNIT-III

Laboratory techniques in Parasitology: Identification of Parasite, nematode & protozoa,

Occult blood test. Examination of faeces for ova and cysts – worm burden, concentration

methods. Floatation and sedimentation techniques. Staining by iron haematoxylin method,

blood smear examinations (thick / thin smear) – cultivation of protozoan parasites.

UNIT-IV

Clinical Biochemistry: Liver function test – SGOT, SGPT, ALP, ACP, LDH, bilirubin.

Renal function test - Glomerular Filtration Rate (GFR), Clearance test – Urea, Inulin

Clearance & Creatinine Clearance. Fish berg concentration and dilution test.

UNIT-V

Laboratory diagnosis of gastrointestinal system:

Gastric function test: Introduction, The insulin stimulation test, determination of Gastrin in

serum and Tubeless gastric analysis.

Pancreatic Function: Introduction, serum amylase and lipase.

Intestinal function: Introduction, test of monosaccharide absorption (xylose excretion test)

and determination of total protein (Lowry’s method).

TEXT BOOKS:


and Edward R. Ashwood, David E.Burns, 4th edition, (2005), W.B. Saunders

Company.

2. Medical Laboratory Technology- Ramnik Sood –5th edition, 2006, Jaypee Brothers

Medical Publishers (P) Ltd.

131 Director, SBS


Page No.54

REFERENCE BOOKS:


and Distributors.

2. Medical laboratory technology Vol.1 Kanai L. Mukherjee, (2007),.Tata McGraw

Hill

3. Advanced techniques in Diagnostic Microbiology-Yi-Wei Tang, Charles W.

Straston, 2006, Springer.

4. Practical Biochemistry Principles and Techniques-Wilson K, Walker J. 2nd Edition

(2000), Cambridge University Press.

132 Director, SBS


(AUTONOMOUS) Chinnavedampatti, Coimbatore - 641 049




Phone No: 2666465





I Year M.Sc., Microbiology


(2017)


133 Director, SBS

Anx.PMB11, 1M.Sc. MB (CMS College) 2017 2017-19 batch

Page No.2














M.Sc., MICROBIOLOGY COURSE


PEO1: To acquire basic knowledge on core concepts in diverse field of Microbiology.

PEO2: To inculcate practical training on basic techniques and processes in Microbiology.

PEO3: To impart skill-based education for entrepreneurial development.

PEO4: To adapt with the continuously evolving technologies in industry.


PO1: Execute the knowledge in identifying problems and to develop a solution.

PO2: improve analytical and technical skills to enhance employment potential.

PO3: Implement the skill set to become a successful entrepreneur.

PO4: Acquire a holistic professional career in hospitals, food and pharmaceutical industries.

134 Director, SBS


Page No.3


PEO1 PEO2 PEO3 PEO4

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4


PART SUBJECT@ No of Papers Marks

@ Credits

I Subjects and Practicals$ 17 1700 68

II Elective Subjects 4 400 16

III Project – 100 4

IV Industrial/Institutional Training** – 50 2

Total 22 2250 90

Note: I

@ Includes 25/40% continuous assessment marks for theory and practical subjects respectively.

$ In core subjects both theory and practical’s are included wherever applicable.


i. Regularity of Attendance

ii. Active participation in classes/Camps/Games (College/District//University)

iii. Exemplary awards/certificates/prizes

iv. Other Social Components (Blood Camp, Fine Arts, etc)

Note: II


135 Director, SBS


Page No.4

Annexure No. PMB1 BOS.DT:12.6.2017




M.Sc., MICROBIOLOGY DEGREE COURSE



Sem

este

r

Par

t

Su

bje

ct C

ode

Subject Title

Inst

. H

rs p

er w

eek

Examination Details

Du

rati

on i

n

Hou

rs.

CIA

En

d S

em

Exa

m

Tot

al M

ark

s

Cre

dit

s

SEMESTER I

I

Paper I Fundamentals of Microbiology 5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper II Microbial physiology and

Metabolism 5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper III Food and Dairy Microbiology 5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper IV Molecular Genetics 5 3 25 75 100 4

Practical-I

Practical-I Microbial

physiology, Molecular genetics

and Food microbiology

5 9 40 60 100 4

Elective-I Elective I 5 3 25 75 100 4

Total 30 - 165 435 600 24

SEMESTER II

II

Paper V Environmental Microbiology 5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper VI Fermentation Microbiology 5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper VII Recombinant DNA Technology 5 3 25 75 100 4

136 Director, SBS


Page No.5

Paper VIII Research Methodology and

Bioanalytical Techniques 5 3 25 75 100 4

Practical-II

Practical II: Environmental

Microbiology, Fermentation

Microbiology and Recombinant

DNA Technology

5 9 40 60 100 4

Elective-II Elective II 5 3 25 75 100 4

Total 30 - 165 435 600 24

SEMESTER III

III

Paper-IX Medical Microbiology 5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper-X Virology 5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper-XI Immunology and

Immunotechnology 5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper-XII Genomics and Proteomics 5 3 25 75 100 4

Practical-III Practical III: Medical

Microbiology and Immunology 5 9 40 60 100 4

Elective-III Elective III 5 3 25 75 100 4

Industrial / Institutional

training. - - - - 50 2

Total 30 - 165 435 650 26

SEMESTER IV

IV

Paper-XIII Soil and Agricultural


Practical-IV Practical IV: Soil and

Agricultural Microbiology 5 9 40 60 100 4

Elective-IV Elective IV 5 3 25 75 100 4

Project 15 - 60 40 100 4

Total 30 - 145 250 400 16

Grand Total - - - - 2250 90

137 Director, SBS


Page No.6

Each paper carries an internal component

There is a pass minimum for an external component

Theory: Internal assessment: 25 marks; External component: 75 marks

Practical: Internal assessment: 40 marks; External component: 60 marks

* Project: 2 Reviews (20+20) and Attendance (20): 60 marks; Final Viva voce: 40 marks

* The project report is the bonafide work carried out by the candidate under the guidance of a

faculty authenticated and countersigned by the Director. This project work must be presented

and defended by the candidate in the department attended by all faculties and reviewed by

external examiner.

** Industrial / Institutional training:


prior to Semester III. This should be of a minimum duration of 15 working days at any off-


Industrial / Institutional training report with attendance certificate upon completion and the

bonafide report carried out by the candidate under the guidance of a faculty authenticated and

countersigned by the Director. A report on the Industrial / Institutional training must be

presented by the candidate in the Department (at the end of third semester) attended by all

faculty and reviewed by the respective guide as examiner.

@ Industrial / Institutional training :



COMPONENTS OF INTERNAL ASSESSMENT*

Theory: Two tests in each semester (one Internal Test and one Model Test). Marks from both

Tests will be taken: Total 15 marks (5 marks Internal Test and 10 marks Model Test)

Assignments and seminar: 2.5 marks + 2.5marks = 5 marks


138 Director, SBS


Page No.7

Practicals I, II, III and IV (for 40 marks):




Practical: Marks should be awarded to each practical by the course teacher and the average

of the best ten practicals be taken for 40 marks.

Project: 60 marks should be awarded as internal assessment marks (40 marks for two

monthly reviews conducted by the project guide, course coordinator and the Director, 20

marks for attendance).

* Retest for internal examination to be conducted for genuine cases as per the

recommendations of class in charge, subject in charge and course coordinator. The final

decision to be made by the Director with the approval from the Principal.


electives)


Paper I / Sem I Bioethics, Biosafety,

TQM and IPR

Quality assessment in

pharmaceuticals

Basic biological

sciences

Paper II / Sem II Bioinformatics

Communicable and

non-communicable

disease

Biophysics and

Biochemistry

Paper III / Sem III Pharmaceutical

Microbiology

Health care of the

community

Molecular cytology

and tissue Engineering

Paper IV / Sem IV

Diagnostic

Microbiology and

Molecular

Diagnostics

Good Manufacturing/

Laboratory Practices

Computational

Molecular Biology

139 Director, SBS


Page No.8

Annex EDC: PG BS BOS DT: 12:06:2017



M. Sc. Biotechnology/Biochemistry/Microbiology/Applied Microbiology



Note:


departments and is eligible to get 4 extra credits. This paper is offered as self study

from the 2015 batch onwards.

Par

t

Su

b c

od

e

Subject

Ins.

hrs

/ w

eek

Examinations

Du

r.

Exa

m

in

hrs

CIA

ES

E

Tot

al

mar

ks

Cre

dit

SEMESTER III

Organic farming - 3 25 75 100 4

Total - - - - 100 4

140 Director, SBS


Page No.9



M.Sc., MICROBIOLOGY

MODULAR COURSE

Post-Graduate Diploma in Clinical Laboratory Technology (PG Dip. in CLT)


(*SS – Self study paper, T – Taught programme).

Note:

The student has to undergo compulsorily a PG Diploma course offered by the

department and the student is eligible to get 2 extra credits for each paper. This PG

Diploma course consists of module 1, 2 and 3. Module 1 consists of 2 papers, Module

2 consists of 3 papers and Module 3 consists of 3 papers. Total credits of the modular

course are 16. After the successful completion of the Module I, II and III, students are

eligible to get a PG Diploma in Clinical Laboratory Technology

Par

t

Su

b c

ode

Subject

Ins.

hrs

/ se

m

Examinations

Du

r.

Exa

m

in

hrs

CIA

ES

E

Tot

al

mar

ks

Cre

dit

Module I – Paper I – Introduction to Clinical Laboratory Technology (T*)

30 min 90 min 10 40 50 2

Module I – Paper II – Techniques in Clinical Laboratory Technology (T*)

30 min 90 min 10 40 50 2

Module II – Paper I - Human Physiology (SS*)

30 min 90 min 10 40 50 2

Module II – Paper II – Clinical Biochemistry (T*)

30 min 90 min 10 40 50 2

Module II – Paper III – Clinical Microbiology (T*)

30 min 90 min 10 40 50 2

Module III – Paper I – Endocrinology and Tumour markers (T*)

30 min 90 min 10 40 50 2

Module III – Paper II – Immunology, Serology and Parasitology (SS*)

30 min 90 min 10 40 50 2

Module III– Paper III – Molecular Diagnostics (SS*)

30 min 90 min 10 40 50 2

Total 240 - - 400 16

141 Director, SBS


Page No.10

Minimum 20 days of clinical laboratory training is compulsory during Ist and IInd year.


I 1st paper, 2nd paper

(Module 1) - teaching

-

1st paper (Module 2) –

Self Study

2nd paper (module 2) –

Teaching

Module 1 & 2

II 3rd paper (Module 2) –

teaching

1 paper (Module 3) –

teaching


Self Study


Self Study

Module 2 & 3

1. Upon completion of 60 hours in module – 1, the students are eligible to receive

“Certificate in Clinical Laboratory Technology” along with four extra credits.

2. Upon completion of 150 hours inclusive of module – 1 & 2, the students are eligible

to receive “Diploma in Clinical Laboratory Technology” along with two extra credits.

3. The PG students those who complete the module – 1 & 2 along with module – 3 with

a total of 90 hours are eligible to receive “Post-Graduate Diploma in Clinical

Laboratory Technology”.

4. The PG students those who have already completed the Module – 1 & 2 in their UG

stream can directly appear for module – 3 and upon completion are eligible to receive

“Post-Graduate Diploma in Clinical Laboratory Technology”.

5. Students will be eligible for credits only upon completion of entire module.

6. Instructional hours for each paper shall comprise 20 contact hours, 2 hours for end

semester examination and 8 hours of activity which may include any of the following;

Case study/field visit/lab hours/industrial training.

7. For UG certificate and Diploma programme all the papers will have contact classes.

For PG Diploma, 1 paper will be contact and other 2 papers will be self-study.

142 Director, SBS


Page No.11

SEMESTER – I

COURSE: M.Sc., Microbiology

SUBJECT TITLE: Paper I – Fundamentals of Microbiology


COURSE OBJECTIVE

The paper will provide a basic understanding of microbes, their biology, and their importance

and describe basic concepts of microbiology.

Impact/role of microorganism on life and provide a foundation for later study in biological

sciences.


CO1: Recall the important events occurred in the field of Microbiology. (K1)

CO2: Assess the phylogenetic relationship among the Microorganisms. (K5)

CO3: Understand the sterilization techniques and staining methods. (K2)

CO4: Describe the classification of Algae and Fungi. (K5)

CO5: Describe the Exploitation of Microbes. (K5)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

.

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

143 Director, SBS


Page No.12

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Historical developments of Microbiology: Contributions of Leeuwenhoek, John Needham,

Lazzaro Spallanzani, Theodar Schwann, John Tyndall, Louis Pasteur, Robert Koch,

Winogradsky (Winogradsky column), Beijerinck and Joseph Lister.

UNIT-II

Microbial Taxonomy: Whittaker’s five kingdom approach. Major characteristics used in

taxonomy – Morphological, Physiological and Metabolic, Genetic and Molecular- Numerical

taxonomy. Bergey’s manual of systematic bacteriology – first and second edition - and its

importance.

UNIT-III

Techniques in Microbiology: Methods of Sterilization - Physical and chemical agents,

radiation & filtration, Microbiological media: Enriched medium, enrichment medium,

transport medium, selective medium& pure culture techniques. Staining techniques- Simple,

Differential, Spores and Capsule.

UNIT-IV

Outline classification of Fungi and Algae: General structure and characteristics and

lifecycle: Fungi– Ascomycetes (Saccharomyces) Zygomycetes (Rhizopus) and

Deuteromycetes (Aspergillus) and Basidiomycetes (Agaricus). Algae: Chlorophyta

(Chlamydomonas) Rhodophyta (Polysiphonia).

UNIT-V

Exploitation of Microbes by Human: Microbes as sources of protein (Agaricus &

Spirullina) – Biofertiliser (Rhizobium), Biopesticide (Bt), Antibiotics (Streptomycin),

recombinant vaccines (FMD vaccine & interferons).

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Microbiology. Prescott, L.M., J.P. Harley and D.A.Klein. 1993. 2nd edition. WMC

Brown publishers.

2. Microbiology. Michael J. Pelczar Jr.1993, Concepts and Applications McGraw-Hill.

Inc.

144 Director, SBS


Page No.13

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Microbiology. An introduction. Gerald J Tortora, Berdell R Funke, Christine L Case

(1995), 5th Edition; The Benjamin Cummings Publishing Co.Inc. USA.

2. Microbiology. Principles and Explorations. Jacquelyn G.Black (2008) 7th Edition;

John Wiley & Sons Pte. Ltd. Asia.

3. Biology of Microorganisms - Brock, TD. Smith D.W. and Madigan M.T. 1984.

4thedition.Englewood, cliffs. N.J. Prentice Hall.

4. Microbiology- Fundamentals and Applications. Ronald M. Atlas. 1989 II edition.


PEDAGOGY: Chalk and talk, OHP, PPT

145 Director, SBS


Page No.14

SEMESTER – I


SUBJECT TITLE: Paper II – Microbial Physiology and Metabolism


COURSE OBJECTIVE

This paper provides a thorough knowledge about structure and functions of microbial cells,

biomolecule production and its nutritional requirements. The major aim is to make the

students to gain knowledge about physiology of microorganisms and their energy production.


CO1: Understand the structure of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells and transport of molecules. (K2)

CO2: Define the nutrition and growth of microorganisms along with types of culture

techniques. (K1)

CO3: Comprehend the different metabolic pathways, catabolism of biomolecules and

anaerobic respiration. (K2)

CO4: Detailing on important biosynthetic pathways in microorganisms. (K1)

CO5: Describe on pathways and energy generation in photoautotrophs and other

extremophiles. (K5)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

146 Director, SBS


Page No.15

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Ultra-structure of prokaryotic and Eukaryotic cells: Sub cellular structures – Cell wall,

Cell membrane, Cell envelope, Liposomes. Membrane transport: Diffusion, Active and

Passive transport, group translocation. Iron uptake and sporogenesis.

UNIT-II

Nutrition and growth of microorganisms: Nutritional types of microorganisms, Nutritional

requirements. Factors influencing the growth of microorganisms – Temperature, pH, Pressure

(Osmotic, Hydrostatic), nutrients, moisture and radiations. Physiology of growth – growth

curve and growth measurements. Types of culture techniques: Batch, continuous,

synchronous and Diauxic growth.

UNIT-III

Respiratory metabolism: EMP pathway, HMP Pathway, Entner-Doudoroff pathway,

glyoxalate pathway. Krebs cycle-oxidative and substrate level phosphorylation. Electron

transport system and ATP production. Bioluminescence - Pasteur Effect; Fermentations of

carbohydrates-lactic acid, butyric acid and mixed acid. Lipid catabolism- oxidation

Anaerobic respiration: sulfur compounds, nitrate and CO2 as electron acceptors.

UNIT-IV

Biosynthesis of aspartate, pyruvate, histidine and serine amino acid families – Purine and

Pyrimidine nucleotides, salvage pathway-denovo pathway. Biosynthesis of fatty acids and

phospho lipids. Biosynthesis of Gram positive and Gram negative cell wall.

UNIT-V

Photoautotrophs- Brief account of photosynthetic and accessory pigments-oxygenic-

anoxygenic photosynthesis autotrophic generation of ATP; fixation of CO2 - C3 pathway.

Chemolithotrophic metabolism: Iron, Hydrogen, Nitrogen and sulfur oxidations. General

account of Archaebacteria. Basic physiology of halophiles, thermophiles and methanogens.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Microbial Physiology. Albert G. Moat & John W. Foster. 1988. 4th ed. John Wiley

and sons.

147 Director, SBS


Page No.16

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Microbial physiology and Metabolism: Caldwell, D.R. 1995. Brown publishers.

2. Chemical Microbiology: An introduction to Microbial physiology: Rose A.

H.1986, Wiley and sons.

3. Bacterial Metabolism - Gottschalk, G .1986, 2ndedition, NY: Springer –Verlag.

4. Bacterial Metabolism - Doelle. H. W. 2005, 2ndEdition.Elsevier publications.

PEDAGOGY: chalk and talk, OHP, PPT

148 Director, SBS


Page No.17

SEMESTER – I


SUBJECT TITLE: Paper III – Food and Dairy Microbiology


COURSE OBJECTIVE

To impart knowledge on overview of food related microbes and its interaction with food as




CO1: Understand the basic Importance of studying Food and Dairy Microbiology. (K2)

CO2: Evaluate contamination and spoilage of foods and its control through preservation. (K5)

CO3: Exemplify the concepts of food borne diseases and detection methods. (K1)

CO4: Understanding the types of Food Fermentations and Introduction to Probiotics. (K2)

CO5: Explore the concepts of HACCP and its applications in food industry. (K3)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

149 Director, SBS


Page No.18

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Food and Dairy Microbiology: Food as a substrate for microorganisms-primary sources of

microorganisms in foods. Factors influencing microbial growth in foods- extrinsic and

intrinsic factors. Microorganisms important in Food Microbiology: Molds, Yeasts and

Bacteria- General Characteristics- Classification and importance.

UNIT-II

Contamination and spoilage: Cereals, vegetables and fruits, meat and meat products, Fish

and sea food - milk, Spoilage of canned foods. Principles of food preservation- Asepsis-

Removal of microorganisms, anaerobic conditions- High temperature- Low temperature -

Drying - Chemical preservatives (Benzoate, sugar and salt).

UNIT-III

Food Borne diseases and microbial analysis in foods: Food borne infections and

intoxications (Bacterial and Fungal) – Botulism - Staphylococcal food poisoning -

Salmnellosis, Shigellosis, Aflatoxin, Patulin and Ochratoxin. Milk borne infection and

intoxication - Indicator organisms in food - Direct examination - microscopic culture

techniques - direct epifluorescent filter technique- enumeration methods - Viable & Total

Count - Dye reduction tests - Chemical methods- ATP bioluminescence and Radiometry-

Immunological methods - ELISA and RIA, Molecular methods – PCR.

UNIT-IV

Food fermentations: Microorganisms as food – Single cell protein – organisms as SCP –

production process– carbon substrates – SYMBA process, PRUTTEN process. Fermented

dairy products - Butter milk, Cream, Yoghurt, Kefir, Koumiss, Acidophilus milk and Cheese

production (Roquefort and Camembert). Food produced by microbes -Bread, Vinegar and

oriental fermented foods (Soy sauce, tempeh and miso). Introduction to Probiotics as foods-

therapeutic and nutritional value (Lactobacillus, Bifidobacterium).

UNIT-V

HACCP in Food Industry: Definition- principles of HACCP –Flow diagram development

of HACCP worksheet and plan form, HACCP audit in food processing plants, HACCP

manual – records for HACCP audit – formats for HACCP records –Applications and

limitations of HACCP.

150 Director, SBS


Page No.19

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Food Microbiology. Adams MR and MossMO, 2005, 1st Edition, Reprinted,

Published By New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers, New Delhi.

2. Food Microbiology. Frazier WC, Westhoff DC, 1988., TATA McGraw Hill.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Modern Food Microbiology. James M Jay, 2000. 4th Edition, CBS Publishers &


2. Basic Food Microbiology. Banwart GJ, 2004. 2nd Edition, CBS Publishers &



151 Director, SBS


Page No.20

SEMESTER – I

COURSE: M. Sc., Microbiology

PAPER TITLE: PAPER-IV – Molecular Genetics


COURSE OBJECTIVES

To Demonstrate in-depth knowledge of what genes are and how they work; clarify the

mechanisms for the flow of information from genes to proteins, and how these processes are

regulated.


CO1: Demonstrate the molecular machinery of living cells. (K3)

CO2: Describe the process of transcription in Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes. (K1)

CO3: Understand the regulation of gene expression in Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes. (K2)

CO4: Illustrate the mechanism of gene mapping. (K2)

CO5: Describe and identify the mechanism of mutations and its repair. (K1)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

152 Director, SBS


Page No.21

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Genes and Chromosomes: Mendelian principles, organization of genes, DNA Chemistry &

Structure, Physical and chemical properties of DNA, forms of DNA, DNA Replication

(Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes) - enzymes of replication, semi-conservative model of

replication, theta and rolling circle replication.

UNIT-II

Processing of genetic information: Non-coding RNA – Small, long and circular,

Transcription in prokaryotes and eukaryotes.RNA polymerases (RNAP I, II & III) - inhibitors

of RNAP. Post transcriptional modifications (for all types of RNA) - Capping,

polyadenylation and splicing mechanism, Transcriptional control of gene expression

(promoters, enhancers and CpG islands).

UNIT-III

Gene expression and regulation: Genetic code – Basic Features: Codons, Anticodons,

Universality, Overlapping, Non-overlapping and Redundancy. Translation (initiation,

elongation and termination & factors responsible), post-translational modifications,

Regulation of gene expression (lac and trp operon).

UNIT-IV

Mechanism of genetic exchange: Transformation- competence factors- mechanism of DNA

uptake, transduction- generalized (P1) and specialized (lambda), mapping by co-transduction

frequency, conjugation- F plasmid- F’- Hfr mapping- mapping of unselective recessive

markers, transposons (Tn10 and retrotransposons), genetic recombination.

UNIT-V

Mutation & Genetic disorders: Spontaneous- transition, transversion, missense, non-sense,

and frame shift mutations, Mutagens- physical and chemical- survival curve, mechanism of

repair- light and dark mechanism, SOS. Genetic disorders – β-thalassemia, Sickle cell

anemia, and Down syndrome. Cancer genetics: Loss of cell cycle control, oncogenes, tumor

suppressor genes and apoptosis. Abnormalities in DNA repair mechanisms.

153 Director, SBS


Page No.22

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Principles of Genetics. Gardner (2001), John Wiley & Sons Inc, New York

2. Principles of Genetics. Robert Tamarin, (1996) 5thEdition.WMC Brown publication,

Boston.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. DNA Structure and Function - Richard R. Sinden, (2012), Academic Press.

2. DNA Replication- Arthur Kornberg, 2nd Ed, (2005), University Science Books.

3. Genes IX - Benjamin Lewin, (2007), Jones & Bartlett Learning, New Jersey.

4. Molecular Cell Biology - Harvey Lodish, Arnold Berk, Paul Matsudaira, Chris A. Kaiser,

Monty Krieger, Matthew P. Scott, Lawrence Zipursky, and James Darnell, 8th edition (2016),

Published by W.H freeman and Company, New York.

5. Molecular Biology of the Gene. James D. Watson, Tania A. Baker, Stephen P. Bell&

Alexander Gann, 7th edition (2010), Published by Pearson Education PVT, Ltd. Singapore..

6. Microbial genetics by Stanley R Maloy, (1994), Jones and Bartlett Publishers.


154 Director, SBS


Page No.23

SEMESTER – I


SUBJECT TITLE: Practical I – Microbial Physiology, Molecular Genetics and Food

Microbiology


COURSE OBJECTIVE

The core objectives of the paper is designed for students to study in detail including preparing

stained smears, culturing microorganisms, performing tests to identify bacteria and fungi, and

studying microbial growth control methods


CO1: Understand the basic importance of studying Microbiology. (K2)

CO2: Demonstrate fundamental microbiological techniques. (K3)

CO3: Exemplify the concepts of identification and detection methods by biochemical tests. (K1)

CO4: Identify the important pathogens and spoilage microorganisms in foods and the

conditions under which they will grow. (K1)

CO5: Explore the effect of physical mutagen on DNA. (K3)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 40 ESE – 60

155 Director, SBS


Page No.24

CONTENTS

Fundamentals of Microbiology

1. Sterilization – Principles and applications.

2. Media preparation – Liquid and solid media, agar deep, slant and plate.

3. Pure culture technique – Streak plate, pour plate and spread plate.

4. Motility determination – SIM and hanging drop method.

5. Enumeration of Microorganisms – Bacteria, actinomycetes and fungi from soil.

6. Staining techniques – Simple, differential, spore, negative and acid fast staining.

7. Lactophenol cotton blue mounting for identification of fungal morphology.

8. Chromatographic techniques: Paper, TLC.

9. Estimation of sugar by DNSA method.

10. Estimation of protein – Lowry et al., method.

Microbial Physiology

11. Measurement of microbial growth and determination of generation time –

Turbidometric method for bacteria.

12. Anaerobic culture technique – Wright tube method and McIntosh anaerobic jar

method.

13. Biochemical characteristics of microorganisms

Indole production test

Methyl red test

Voges Proskauer test

Citrate utilisation test

Oxidase test

Catalase test

Urease test

Nitrate reduction test

Carbohydrate fermentation test (Glu, Suc, Lac and Mannitol) and TSI test

156 Director, SBS


Page No.25

Food and Dairy Microbiology

14. Determination of milk quality –MBRT.

15. Isolation and enumeration of microorganisms from spoiled food - (Bacteria & Fungi).

Molecular Genetics

16. Induced Mutagenesis- physical method.

17. Induction of lac operon (ONPG).

REFERENCES:

1. Experiments in Microbiology, Plant pathology & Biotechnology. Aneja, K.R.

2005, 5th Ed NAI Publ.

2. Microbiology, A lab manual, Cappuccino, Sherman, 2008, 6thEdn. Pearson

Education.

3. Microbiology-Practical Lab Manual. Kannan. K, 2002, Palani Paramount Publ.

4. Experimental procedures in Lifesciences. Rajan. S.

157 Director, SBS


Page No.26

SEMESTER – I


SUBJECT TITLE: Paper VIII: Bioethics, Biosafety, TQM and IPR


COURSE OBJECTIVES

To provide basic concepts and importance of bioethics and biosafety, TQM and IPR


CO1: Demonstrate Ethics and Ethical issues in GMO’s. (K3)

CO2: Describe the Biosafety levels of microbes, plants and animals. (K1)

CO3: Understand the Trade Quality Management. (K2)

CO4: Illustrate the IPR. (K2)

CO5: Describe the concepts of Plant breeding and its rights for protection. (K1)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

158 Director, SBS


Page No.27

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Bioethics in plant and animal genetic engineering & transgenics - Ethics of genetically

modified microbes, ethics in genetically modified food, ethical issues in human

biotechnology, ethics in stem cell research, gene therapy and biowarfare.

UNIT-II

Biosafety guidelines in India and international level, physical and biological containment,

biosafety levels for microbes, plants and animals, risk assessment and management of

laboratory research, risk assessment of biotechnological products, field trials with genetically

modified plants, planned introduction of genetically engineered microbes.

UNIT-III

Principles of TQM, Tools, steps, techniques and methods for TQM (Six sigma, charts,

Ishikawa diagram, tree diagram, RCA and PDCA cycle), Requirements for supplementing

TQM - steps for supplementing TQM - questionnaire - assessment through questionnaire,

mission statement, benefits of TQM, check list for implementing TQM, Case study.

UNIT-IV

Intellectual property rights- protection of biotechnological inventions, patents- types,

patenting of genes, biological organisms, plants, animals, microbes and transgenic organisms,

trade secrets, copyright, World Intellectual Property Rights organization (WIPO), GATT

(General agreement of tariff and trade), biodiversity bill of India.

UNIT-V

IPR for plant breeding-plant variety protection in India, plant breeder’s rights, farmer’s

rights, protection & implementation of plant varieties, farmer’s rights act, national gene fund,

Benefits of PBR, mechanism involved in terminator technology for seed protection,

technology for pure lines & hybrid seed protection, traitor technology.

159 Director, SBS


Page No.28

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Intellectual Property Rights, Radhakrishnan R. and Balasubramanian, S. Excel

Books, I ed., 2008.

2. Handbook of Indian Patent Law and Practice, Subbaram N. R.,S. Viswanathan

(Printers and Publishers) Pvt. Ltd., I ed., 1998.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Bioethics and Biosafety in Biotechnology, Sree Krishna, V, New Age International

Publishers, I ed., 2007.

2. Technology Transfer, Goel Cohen, Sage Publications, 2004.

3. Twelve management skills for success- Ram Narain, Viva books private limited,

Chennai.

4. Across functional perspectives of TQM. Rao, Carr, Dambolena and Kopp. John wiley

and sons, Newyork, 1996.

5. Ethics in engineering, Martin. M.W. and Schinzinger.R. 3rd Ed, Tata McGraw-Hill,

New Delhi. 2003.

6. Biosafety issues related to transgenic crops, DBT guidelines, Biotech Consortium

India Limited, New Delhi, 2005.


160 Director, SBS


Page No.29

SEMESTER – I

COURSE: M.SC., Microbiology

SUBJECT TITLE: Elective I - Group B: Quality Assessment in Pharmaceuticals

TOTAL TEACHING HOURS/WEEK: 5 HRS

COURSE OBJECTIVE

This paper presents the study of various aspects involved in product quality and quality

assurance, the methodology necessary to establish and implement quality assurance program

for a manufacturing plant with good manufacturing practices.


CO1: Understand different types of antimicrobial drugs and its action. (K2)

CO2: Develop knowledge on microbial spoilage and sterile pharmaceutical products. (K6)

CO3: Comprehend the concepts of sterilization control and methods of sterility testing. (K2)

CO4: Identify criteria for qualified personnel, safety and identification methods along with

biofilms and disinfection agents. (K1)

CO5: Explore the perceptions on validation methods, regulatory requirements and auditing in

pharmaceutical industry. (K3)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

161 Director, SBS


Page No.30

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

An introduction to pharmaceutical microbiology. Chemical growth control. Chemical

antimicrobial agents for external use, synthetic antimicrobial drugs, naturally occurring

antimicrobial drugs: Antibiotics. Antibiotics from prokaryotes, antiviral drugs, antifungal

drugs, antimicrobial drug resistance, the search for new antimicrobial drugs.

UNIT-II

Types of spoilage, Factors affecting microbial spoilage – assessment of microbial spoilage –

preservation. Ecology of microorganisms as it affects the pharmaceutical industry – Sterile

pharmaceutical products – injections, Non injectable sterile fluids, ophthalmic preparations,

dressings and implants.

UNIT-III

Sterilization control - methods of sterility testing- sterilization monitors and Quality

assurance of products. The microbiological quality and regulatory requirements for natural

and nutraceutical products, The regulatory control and quality assurance of immunological

products, Containment system integrity – sterile products, Regulatory guidelines

(microbiology) for veterinary antimicrobial products.

UNIT-IV

The role of the Qualified Person in microbiological quality assurance, Safety in

microbiology, Rapid enumeration and identification methods, Selection and use of cleaning

and disinfection agents in pharmaceutical manufacturing, Prevention and elimination of

microbial biofilms in the manufacturing environment using Clean-in-Place, Cleanroom

design, operation and regulatory standards.

UNIT-V

Microbiological quality assurance. Validation of aseptic processing and media fills,

International disinfectant testing protocols, Measurement of biocide effectiveness,

Microbiological quality and regulatory requirements for biotherapeutics and manufactured

products, The role of the microbiologist in HACCP, Auditing the pharmaceutical

microbiology department.

162 Director, SBS


Page No.31

TEXT BOOKS:


2. Pharmaceutical Microbiology – Hugo, WB. andRussel, AD. Blackwell Scientific,

Oxford.

REFERENCE BOOKS:


2. The basic science of gene therapy - Richard C. Mulligan (1993) American



Press.

4. Pharmaceutical biotechnology - Purohit (2003) 2nded. Agrobios.


163 Director, SBS


Page No.32

SEMESTER – I


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective I- Group C: Basic Biological Sciences

TOTAL TEACHING HOURS/WEEK: 5 Hrs

COURSE OBJECTIVE

This paper provides a thorough knowledge about structure and function of cells, cellular

energetic, protein trafficking and cellular development. Understanding the structural and

functional aspects of the cell provide the student with a strong foundation in the molecular

mechanisms underlying cellular function.


CO1: Understand structure/function of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells and their intracellular

organelles. (K2)

CO2: Develop knowledge on basic composition and association of various biomolecules. (K6)

CO3: Comprehend the physiology of microbes, animals and plants. (K2)

CO4: Review the origin and evolution of different life forms. (K2)

CO5: Appraise the role of different components of ecosystem in an environment. (K4)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

164 Director, SBS


Page No.33

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Cell Biology: Structure and function of cells and intracellular organelles (of both prokaryotes

and eukaryotes), mechanism of cell division including (mitosis and meiosis) and cell

differentiation: Cell-cell interaction; Dosage compensation and mechanism of sex

determination.

UNIT-II

Biochemistry: Structure of atoms, molecules and chemical bonds; Principles of physical

chemistry: Thermodynamics, Kinetics, dissociation and association constants; Nucleic acid

structure, genetic code, replication, transcription and translation: Structure, function and

metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins; Enzymes and coenzyme; Respiration and

photosynthesis.

UNIT-III

Physiology: Response to stress: Active transport across membranes; Plant and animal

hormones: Nutrition (including vitamins); Reproduction in plants, microbes and animals.

UNIT-IV

Evolutionary Biology: Origin of life (including aspects of prebiotic environment and

molecular evolution); Concepts of evolution; Theories of organic evolution; Mechanisms of

speciation; Hardyweinberg genetic equilibrium, genetic polymorphism and selection; Origin

and evolution of economically important microbes, plants and animals.

UNIT-V

Environmental Biology: Concept and dynamics or ecosystem, components, food chain and

energy flow, productivity and biogeochemical cycles; Types of ecosystems, Population

ecology and biological control; Community structure and organisation; Environmental

pollution; Sustainable development; Economic importance of microbes, plants and animals.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Cell Biology, Genetics, Molecular Biology, Evolution and Ecology – P S Verma &

VK Agarwal., 2004 S. Chand & Sons. Ltd., New Delhi.

165 Director, SBS


Page No.34

2. Fundamental Processes in Ecology. 2007. Wilkenson DM.

3. Terrestrial Ecosystems - Aber J.D. & Melillo J M. 1991

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Economic Zoology. Manju Yadav. Discovery publishing house, New Delhi.

2. Phycology - Lee R E., 1999.

PEDAGOGY: Chalk and talk, OHP, PPT.

166 Director, SBS


Page No.35

SEMESTER – II


SUBJECT TITLE: Paper V – Environmental Microbiology


COURSE OBJECTIVE

This paper provides a broad knowledge in the field of environmental microbiology such as

generation of waste, different types of pollution, its impact. This paper also discusses the role

of microbes in biological degradation and measures taken to reduce pollution and its effects.

On completion of this paper student will acquire a thorough knowledge of the role of

microorganisms in the environment.


CO1: Discuss the kinds of microorganisms in soil and its role in degradation. (K2)

CO2: Explain air pollution, its effects and measures to reduce it. (K5)

CO3: Understand the standards for drinking water, its analysis, types of effluents and water

borne diseases. (K2)

CO4: To classify solid and liquid wastes, its characterization and treatment methods. (K2)

CO5: Understand the microbial degradation of different compounds. (K2)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

167 Director, SBS


Page No.36

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Microorganism and environment: Microbial population in soil – Bacteria, fungi,

actinomycetes, algae and protozoa – Role of microbes in cellulose, hemicellulose and lignin

degradation. Effect of environmental factors on growth of microbes – Temperature, water,

pH, oxygen and organic matter.

UNIT-II

Air pollution: Sources and major air pollutants – adverse effect on living organisms – acid

rain and its impact on ecosystem– gaseous emissions – Greenhouse Effect – Global warming

– Ozone layer depletion and its effect– Droplet nuclei – Aerosol– Assessment of air quality –

Airborne diseases and preventive measures.

UNIT-III

Water microbiology: Potability of Drinking water – MPN technique. Quality standards for

drinking water. Water pollution – sources and nature of pollutants in water – Sewage –

industrial effluent – Agrochemicals – Eutrophication. Waterborne diseases and preventive

measures.

UNIT-IV

Types of wastes: Types and sources of solid and liquid wastes – Characterization. Solid

waste treatment – Saccharification – Pyrolysis – Composting. Waste water treatment –

Primary treatment: screening, skimming with coagulants, flocculation, and filtration;

Secondary treatment: Aerobic processes – activated sludge, trickling filter, oxidation ponds.

Anaerobic digestion, anaerobic filters, USAB. Tertiary treatment: Activated carbon

treatment, reverse osmosis and electro dialysis.

UNIT-V

Principles and applications of bioaccumulation and biomagnification. Biodegradation:

Microbial degradation of hydrocarbons – alkanes, cycloalkanes, aromatics, polyaromatics

(PAHs). Biodegradation of pesticides – Organo chlorine (DDT) and Organophosphates

(Parathion).

168 Director, SBS


Page No.37

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Microbial Ecology. Atlas and Bartha,

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Environmental Microbiology. 1981. Grant WD, Long PL. Blackie Glasgow and

London.

2. Environmental chemistry. De. A.K. 5th edition. New Age International Publishers.

3. Elements of Environmental Science and Engineering. Meenakshi, P. Prentice Hall.

4. Environmental Biotechnology. Jogdand. P., New Age Publishers.


169 Director, SBS


Page No.38

SEMESTER – II


SUBJECT TITLE: PAPER I: Fermentation Microbiology


COURSE OBJECTIVE

This paper provides a broad knowledge in the field of Fermentation microbiology and its

processes involved in industries. To provide knowledge in upstream and downstream

processes.


CO1: Discuss the industrially important microorganisms and strain improvement. (K2)

CO2: Explain different types of fermenters. (K5)

CO3: Understand the media formulations and types of fermentation. (K2)

CO4: Analyze the methods in downstream process. (K4)

CO5: Understand the commercial production of primary and secondary metabolites. (K2)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

170 Director, SBS


Page No.39

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

General concepts of bioprocess technology: Introduction on upstream processing and

downstream processing - Isolation of industrially important microorganisms - Screening of

microorganisms for industrial products - Strain improvement for increased yield of products -

natural variants, mutation& recombination and Immobilisation of cells- Preservation of

Microbial cultures.

UNIT-II

Fermentors and its functions: Basic component parts-asepsis and containment requirements

temperature control-aeration and agitation systems-mass transfer of oxygen - concepts of

Newtonian and non-newtonian fluids-sterilization of fermenter, air supply and medium;

aseptic inoculation methods-sampling methods - valve systems. Types of fermentor-

Cylindroconical, airlift, deepjet, fluidized bed tower and cyclone.

UNIT-III

Upstream processing: Media formulation - antifoam agents - development of inocula for

bacterial and mycelial fermentation. Types of fermentation - submerged and SSF.

Fermentation systems - Batch, fed batch and continuous. Scale up of fermentation processes -

Application of computer in bioprocess technology.

UNIT-IV

Downstream processing: Recovery and purification of fermentation products - precipitation

methods - filtration devices and filter aids - centrifugation - cell disruption methods - liquid-

liquid extraction - solvent recovery - chromatography - two-phase aqueous extraction -

Super-critical fluid extraction -Ultrafiltration - Crystallization, whole broth processing and

lyophilisation.

UNIT-V

Production of microbial products: Organic acids -Citric acid, Lactic acid and Acetic acid.

Amino acids -Glutamic acid and lysine. Alcoholic beverages - Beer and Wine. Enzymes -

proteases, amylases. Antibiotics -Penicillin.

171 Director, SBS


Page No.40

TEXT BOOKS

1. Industrial Microbiology: Patel AH 2005. Macmillan India ltd., New Delhi.

2. Industrial Microbiology: Casida, JR., 2005. Published by New Age International

(p) Limited, New Delhi.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Industrial Microbiology: Samuel C Presscottand Ceril G Dunn 2005,Agrobios


2. Microbial Technology: Peppler H.J. and D. Pearlman 2004. 2nd edition, published by

Academic press (An imprint of Elsvier). Volume1 and 2.

3. Principles of Fermentation Technology: Stanbury P.F, A.Whitaker and S.J. Hall

1997, 2nd edition, Pergamum press.


172 Director, SBS


Page No.41

SEMESTER – II


SUBJECT TITLE: Paper VII – Recombinant DNA Technology


COURSE OBJECTIVE

To provide the students about the basic steps in cloning, the enzymes used and the screening

techniques followed in the Recombinant DNA Technology.


CO1: Understand the enzymes and the prokaryotic vectors which are useful in cloning (K2).

CO2: Understand the use and properties of eukaryotic vectors. Also able to understand the

different methods used for screening of the recombinant clones (K2).

CO3: Understand the sequencing techniques, construction of libraries, and DNA

amplification techniques (K2).

CO4: Understand the use of site directed mutagenesis and the use of DNA in diagnosis of

genetic disorder and infectious disease (K2).

CO5: Understand the methods for creating transgenic plants, animals and microbes (K2).


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

173 Director, SBS


Page No.42

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Gene cloning: Basic steps in cloning, Gene analysis techniques: Isolation of DNA and RNA.

Enzymes used in gene manipulation- Restriction enzymes, Reverse transcriptase, End

modifying enzymes, Methylases, Ligation- DNA ligases, use of linkers & adaptors.

Vectors: Prokaryotic vectors: Plasmid as cloning vectors – Features, pBR322, pUC,

Bacteriophage vectors-λ (insertional and replacement vectors), M13, Cosmids, Phagemids,

Phasmids and BAC.

UNIT-II

Eukaryotic vectors: Yeast Vectors-Yeast integrative vectors, YAC. Animal vectors-SV40,

Retroviral vectors, Plant vectors- Ti Plasmid, plant viral vectors. Specialized vectors-

Expression vectors, Shuttle vectors. Gene Transfer Methods, Selection and Analysis of

recombinant Clones- Direct screening – insertional inactivation and visual screening. Indirect

screening – Nucleic acid blotting (Northern and Southern), Colony, Plaque and Dot blot

hybridization, immunoscreening.

UNIT-III

Construction of Genomic and cDNA Libraries- Strategies for construction of genomic

libraries, Mapping techniques- Chromosome walking and jumping, Restriction mapping-

RFLP, RAPD. DNA sequencing– Maxam and Gilbert method, Sanger’s method. PCR-

Principle, types and Applications.

UNIT-IV

Site directed mutagenesis- Methods, Screening of recombinants for SDM by SSCP and

heteroduplex analysis, DNA foot printing and finger printing, Nucleic acid micro arrays-

Affimetrix®. DNA based diagnosis of genetic disorders- Cystic fibrosis, Diagnosis of

Infectious diseases using DNA- Tuberculosis, Gene therapy- types, strategies and

applications.

UNIT-V

Engineering Genes: Engineering microbes – Insulin production in E. coli, Production of

Vaccines for Hepatitis B Virus using yeast. Engineering plants – Delayed ripening, Pathogen

(insect) resistance. Engineering animals – Tissue plasminogen activator production,

174 Director, SBS


Page No.43

embryonic stem cells and nuclear transfer methods. Applications of Transgenesis-

Transgenic microbes as biopesticides, Transgenic cattle- increased milk production,

Transgenic fish- improving growth rate, Transgenic sheep- enhanced wool production.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Gene cloning – An introduction. T. A. Brown, 3rd edition, (1995), Stanley Thomas

publications limited.

2. Principles of Gene Manipulation and Genomics. S.M. Primrose and R.M Twyman,

7th edition, (2006), Blackwell Publishing, Australia.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. From Genes to Clones. Ernst. L. Winnacker, 22nd edition, (2003), Panima publishing

Corporation, New Delhi

2. Genes VIII. Benjamin Lewin (2003), Pearson Education Corporation, New Jersy.

3. Essentials of Molecular Biology. Freifelder, George M. Malacinski, 4th Edition,

(2008), Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi.

4. Recombinant DNA technology. J.D. Watson, 2nd edition, (2001), WH Freeman and

Company, New York.

5. Molecular Biotechnology. Glick and Pasternak (1996), Panima Publishing


6. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual. Sambrook J, Fritsch EF, and Maniatis T

(2000), Coldspring Harbor Laboratory Press, New York.


175 Director, SBS


Page No.44

SEMESTER – II


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective I: Group A: Research Methodology and Bioanalytical

Techniques


COURSE OBJECTIVE

To impart knowledge about basics of research methodology, principles and applications of

different instruments, use of statistics in research, understand concepts to handle basic

instruments.


CO1: Understand the basics of research methodology. (K2)

CO2: Develop knowledge on collection, classification and tabulation of data. (K6)

CO3: Exemplify the concepts of Sampling distribution. (K1)

CO4: Determining views on Microscopy, Spectroscopy and Chromatography. (K4)

CO5: Explore the concepts of different instrumental techniques. (K3)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

176 Director, SBS


Page No.45

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Introduction to research methodology: Defining the research problem, significance of

research, Stages in research - formulation of hypothesis, objectives of research,

experimental/research design, literature collection, literature citation, investigation, data

collection and analysis, research report, format of thesis, manuscript/research article.

Interpretation and report writing and bibliography.

UNIT-II

Organizing a statistical survey - Planning and execution; Source of data - Primary and

secondary data; Data Collection - methods; Classification and tabulation of data;

Diagrammatic & graphical representation of data. Sampling methods; size of sample.

Measures of central tendency: arithmetic mean, median, mode, quartiles, deciles and

percentiles. Measures of variation: standard deviation. Correlation analysis: Scatter diagram,

Karl Pearson's coefficient of correlation and Spearman's rank method. Regression analysis.

UNIT-III

Sampling distribution and test of significance - Null and alternate hypothesis; Testing of

hypothesis; errors in hypothesis testing; standard error and sampling distribution; sampling of

variables (large samples and small samples). Students’‘t’ test. Chi - square test and goodness

of fit. Analysis of variance: one way and two-way classification, Duncan’s Multiple Range

Test.

UNIT-IV

Methods in Microscopy: Principle and applications of Light, fluorescence, phase contrast,

Confocal, electron microscopy and scanning tunnelling microscopy. Spectrometry and

Spectroscopy: Colorimetry, UV-Visible, Principle of IR and atomic absorption spectroscopy.

Chromatography - Principle and applications: Paper, Thin layer, Ion exchange, Gel filtration,

Affinity, GC, HPLC, GC-MS and LC-MS.

UNIT-V

Centrifugation: Principle and types of centrifugation. Electrophoretic techniques: Agarose,

PAGE, isoelectric focusing and 2D gel electrophoresis, Southern, Northern and Western

blotting techniques. Radiolabeling techniques: An overview of radioisotopes used in biology,

177 Director, SBS


Page No.46

their detection and measurement; molecular imaging of radioactive material and safety

guidelines.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Research Methodology, Methods and techniques. C. R. Kothari, New Age

publication

2. Statistical Methods. S.P. Gupta, Sulthan Chand & Sons

3. Principles & Techniques of Practical Biochemistry. Keith Wilson, Kenneth H.

Goulding, Cambridge University Press.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Instrumental methods of chemical analysis. B. K. Sharma, 11th edition, Blackwell

publications.

2. Statistical Methods. Stephen W. Looney (Humana publications).

3. Biostatistics: A Methodology for the Health Sciences. Gerald Van belle, 2nd

Edition, Wiley – Interscience publication.


178 Director, SBS


Page No.47

SEMESTER – II


SUBJECT TITLE: PRACTICALS – II (Environmental Microbiology, Fermentation

Microbiology and Recombinant DNA Technology)


COURSE OBJECTIVE

This course provides an overview of environmental and industrial aspects of microbiology

along with nucleic acid methods. It covers the analytical and applied aspects such as

pollutants and its biodegradation along with water quality tests. Students would be aware of

various techniques involving nucleic acids.


CO1: Describe the process of quantifying microorganisms from air and water quality tests. (K5)

CO2: Demonstrate the analytical techniques for pollutants and its degradation by microbes. (K3)

CO3: Understand the production process for alcohol, enzymes and its immobilization. (K2)

CO4: Illustrate various nucleic acid methods. (K2)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CIA – 40 ESE – 60

179 Director, SBS


Page No.48

Environmental Microbiology

1. Quantification of microorganisms in air – solid impingement techniques.

2. Analysis of Biological oxygen demand.

3. Biodegradation of phenol compounds.

4. Microbial response to heavy metal contaminants.

5. Water quality test-MPN and membrane filtration.

Fermentation Microbiology

6. Wine production and analysis of sugar and alcohol content in wine.

7. Production of extracellular enzyme by submerged fermentation – Protease & amylase.

8. Immobilization of microbes for industrial production of metabolites.

rDNA Technology

9. Isolation of nucleic acid from bacteria.

10. Isolation of plasmids.

11. Restriction digestion and ligation of DNA - Demo

12. Southern blotting for DNA - Demo

13. PCR - Demo

14. Isolation of RNA (Demo).

REFERENCES

1. Experiments in Microbiology, Plant pathology & Biotechnology. Aneja, K.R.

2005, 5th Ed. NAI Publ.

2. Microbiology, A lab manual, Cappuccino, Sherman, 2008, 6thEdn. Pearson

Education.

3. Microbiology-Practical Lab Manual. Kannan. K, 2002, Palani Paramount Publ.


180 Director, SBS


Page No.49

SEMESTER – II


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective II: Bioinformatics


COURSE OBJECTIVE

To impart knowledge about various tools in bioinformatics, understand basic concepts to

determine the alignment between the sequences and to enable the students to learn the basic

computational skills in bioinformatics-sequence analysis.


CO1: Understand the basic bioinformatics concepts. (K2)

CO2: Develop knowledge on biological databases. (K6)

CO3: Exemplify the concepts of file format, data storage and retrieval in bioinformatics. (K2)

CO4: Determining views on sequence alignment and how structure can be visualized. (K4)

CO5: Explore the concepts of drug discovery, SNPs and molecular docking studies in

bioinformatics. (K6)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

181 Director, SBS


Page No.50

CONTENTS

UNIT-I


molecular biology. Scope of Bioinformatics, Bioinformatics and Internet, Useful

Bioinformatics sites on WWW, Introduction to single letter code of aminoacids, Symbols

used in nucleotides, Data retrieval- Entrez and SRS. Tools in Bioinformatics (FASTA,

BLAST, BLAT, RASMOL), databases (GENBANK, Pubmed, PDB). Applications of

Bioinformatics.

UNIT-II

Biological Database: Types, introduction of Biological Databases: Nucleic acid databases

(NCBI, DDBJ and EMBL). Protein databases (Primary, Composite and Secondary).

Carbohydrate databases. Specialized Genome databases: (SGD, TIGR and ACeDB).

Structure databases (CATH, SCOP and PDB). Ligand Databases: (Chembank and Ligand

Explorer). Sequence retrieval (Demo).

UNIT-III

Data storage, retrieval, and interoperability: Flat files, relational, object oriented databases

and controlled vocabularies. File Format- (Genbank, DDBJ, FASTA, PDB, SwissProt).

Importance of PERL and PHYTHON (BIOPHYTHON).

UNIT-IV

Sequence Alignments and Visualization: Introduction to Sequences, Alignments and

Dynamic Programming: Local alignment and Global alignment (algorithm and example),

Pairwise alignment - BLAST (Demo) and FASTA Algorithm; Multiple sequence alignment -

Clustal W algorithm (Demo) and Phylogenetics (Building Phylogenetic trees) (Demo). 3D

structure viewers – Rasmol (Demo), SPDBv, Chime, Cn3D and PyMol.

UNIT-V

Introduction to Drug discovery: Introduction: Areas influencing drug discovery, ADME

properties, Molecular Docking, Pharmacogenetics and Pharmacogenomics applications,

Analysis of Single Nucleotide Polymorphisms, an important parameters in drug discovery.

182 Director, SBS


Page No.51

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Bioinformatics methods and applications: Rastogi.S.C et al., 1993. Prentice Hall of

India Pvt Ltd, NewDelhi, 4th ed., India.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Bioinformatics: A Practical Guide to the Analysis of Genes and Proteins. Andreas

D. Baxevanis (Editor) and B.F. Francis Ouellete (Editor). Third Edition.

2. Bioinformatics Sequence and Genome Analysis, 2004. David W. Mount, 2nd

Edition.

3. Trends in bioinformatics, 2006. Dr. P. Shanmugavel, Pointer publishes, Jaipur.

4. Principles of Bioinformatics, 2005. Dr. P. Shanmugavel, Pointer publishes, Jaipur.

5. Introduction to Bioinformatics, Attwood A.T and D.J Parry-smith, Pearson

education ltd.


183 Director, SBS


Page No.52

SEMESTER – II


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective II-Group B – Communicable and Non-communicable

Diseases


COURSE OBJECTIVE

This paper deals with the different types of diseases that are communicable and non-

communicable. In addition, this field of science studies various clinical applications of

microbes for the improvement of health and on the aspects of the interrelationship between

infectious agents and their hosts. On successful completion of the subject, the student will

know about the mechanism of infection and its types.


CO1: Detailed account on respiratory tract infections. (K1)

CO2: Understandings on intestinal infections. (K2)

CO3: Comprehend the types of vector borne infections. (K2)

CO4: Defining the views on mycological infections. (K1)

CO5: Understand the concepts of non-communicable diseases. (K2)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

184 Director, SBS


Page No.53

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Respiratory infections – Influenza, Mumps, Measles, Rubella, Acute respiratory infections

and TB.

UNIT-II

Intestinal infections – Polio, Cholera, Acute diarrhea diseases, Food poisoning, Typhoid,

Amoebiasis Ascariasis, Hook worm, Tapeworm, Pinworm infections.

UNIT-III

Vector borne Infections – Leprosy, STD – AIDS – Diagnostic Techniques and Treatment.

UNIT-IV

Superficial mycoses – Dermatophytoses – Opportunistic fungal infections – Candidiasis –

Diagnostics Techniques and Treatment.

UNIT-V

Non-communicable diseases – Hyper Tension – Diabetes – Coronary Heart diseases –

Cancer, Obesity, Blindness, Accidents – Preventive measures.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Textbook of Microbiology – Ananthanarayanan, R. and JayaramPanicker, C.K.

(2005) 7th edition.Orient Longman Pvt., Ltd.

2. Textbook of Medical parasitology – Subash Chandra Parija, 2nd edition. All India

Publishers & Distributors.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Medical Microbiology – Jawetz, MelnickandAdelberg’s (2001). 22nd edition.

McGraw Hill Medical Publication Division.

2. Medical Microbiology – David Greenwood. Richard Slack and John Peutherer

(2000) 15th ed. ChurchHill Living stone Publication.

3. Medical Parasitology – Chatterjee K.D. (2007). 7th edition.

185 Director, SBS


Page No.54

4. Medical Microbiology – Patric R. Murray (1990) Mosby Publications.

5. Textbook of Medical parasitology – Jayaram Panicker C.K. (2004) JP Brothers,

Medical publishers, New Delhi.


186 Director, SBS


Page No.55

SEMESTER – II


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective II-Group C – Biophysics and Biochemistry


COURSE OBJECTIVE

This paper provides a thorough knowledge about the basic biophysical and biochemical

techniques involved in the field of biological sciences. Students after completion of this paper

will be learning on the methods used for the analysis of biomolecules.


CO1: Comprehensive account on principles of biophysical methods. (K2)

CO2: Understand principles of nucleic acid techniques. (K2)

CO3: Comprehend the techniques involving radioactive isotopes. (K2)

CO4: Defining the views on metabolism and catabolism of sugars, amino acids, lipids, fatty

acids and sterols. (K1)

CO5: Understand the molecular aspects of cancer. (K2)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

187 Director, SBS


Page No.56

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Principles of biophysical methods used for analysis of biopolymer structure, X-ray

diffraction, Hydrodynamic methods; plasma emission spectroscopy.

UNIT-II

Principles and techniques of nucleic acid hybridization and Cot curves; Sequencing of

Proteins and nucleic acids; Methods for measuring nucleic acid and protein interactions.

Structural polymorphism of DNA, RNA and three dimensional structure of tRNA.

UNIT-III

Principles and applications of tracer techniques in biology; Radiation dosimetry; Radioactive

isotopes and half-life of isotopes;Effect of radiation on biological system.

UNIT-IV

Interconversion of hexoses and pentoses; Amino acid metabolism; Coordinated control of

metabolism; Oxidation of lipids; Biosynthesis of fatty acids; Triglycerides; Phospholipids;

Sterols, Group transfer and Coupled reactions.

UNIT-V

Biochemistry and molecular biology of cancer; Oncogenes; Chemical carcinogenesis;

Genetic and metabolic disorders; Hormonal imbalances; Drug metabolism and detoxification.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Introduction to Biophysics - Cortell

2. Molecular and Cellular Biophysics - Meyer B Jackson (2006), Cambridge)

3. Physical Chemistry for Life Sciences - Peter Atkins and Julio de Paula, 2006,

Oxford Press.

4. Biochemistry - Strayer

5. Molecular Cell Biology - Lodish

188 Director, SBS


Page No.57

REFERENCE BOOKS:


2. Text Book of Biophysics - R N Roy, New Central Agency (P) Ltd, Culcutta

3. Physical Chemistry for the Biosciences - Raymond Chang,(2004), University book

4. Science Biological Thermo dynamics - Donald, T Hayine, (2007), Cambridge

5. The Cell Molecular Approach - G Cooper and R Hausman (2007) ASM Press

6. Molecular Biology - D Roberties, 8th edition. SAE.


189 Director, SBS


Page No.58

SEMESTER – II



SUBJECT TITLE: Paper I – Introduction to Clinical Laboratory Technology

NUMBER OF HOURS/SEMSETER: 30 Hrs

COURSE OBJECTIVES

To gain knowledge on the clinical assessment of various diseased conditions and routine test

followed in the laboratory with the outline of clinical laboratory.


CO1: To understand the basics of clinical laboratory. (K2)

CO2: Learn about the preparation of reagents and its storage. (K2)

CO3: Understand the importance of biological samples. (K2)

CO4: To know about the reporting of tests. (K4)

CO5: Disposal of biomedical wastes. (K6)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 10 ESE – 40

190 Director, SBS


Page No.59

CONTENTS

UNIT I : Basic laboratory principles - Code of conduct of medical laboratory personnel.The

use of the laboratory - Basic laboratory principles - Organization of Laboratory Functional

components of clinical laboratories (Cleanliness – Methods of hand wash, Cleaning of lab

instruments, Laboratory floors and table tops, precautions to be taken WRT patients, reports,

analysis). Basic needs of clinical laboratory technician, awareness of soft skills. Safety

measures - Medical laboratory professional and professionalism in laboratory workers - clinic

borne infection and personnel hygiene.

UNIT II: Reagent preparation: preparation of molar, normal, percent solutions. Buffers,

Acid, Base solutions and its storage. Common Laboratory Equipment’s use, principle and

maintenance-spectrophotometer, Incubator, Hot Air Oven, Water Bath Centrifuge, Autoclave

,Microscopy. Glassware – Description of Glassware, its use, handling and care.

UNIT-III: Basic Steps for Specimen collection-types of specimens- Requirement of

Collection - methods of Collection of biological fluids - Anticoagulants - Preservation of

samples - Chemical preservatives . An overview on the transportation of the samples.

UNIT IV: Process of analysing the specimens- labeling the samples. Maintaining the sample

record. Colour code for the samples. Reporting results: a. Basic format of a test report, b.

Release of examination results c. Alteration in reports Quality Management system : Internal

and External quality control. Accuracy, Precision, and Reference value. Levi-Jenning’s chart

(LJ).

UNIT V: Biomedical waste management in a clinical laboratory: Disposal of used samples,

reagents and other biomedical waste - colour coding as per guidelines.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Medical laboratory technology. Kanai L. Mukherjee, 2007, Vol.1.Tata McGraw

Hill


191 Director, SBS


Page No.60

REFERENCE BOOKS:


and Distributors.

2. Medical laboratory technology Vol.1 Kanai L. Mukherjee, 2007,. Tata McGraw

Hill.


192 Director, SBS


Page No.61

SEMESTER – III



SUBJECT TITLE: Paper II – Techniques in Clinical Laboratory Technology

NUMBER OF HOURS/SEMESTER: 30Hrs

COURSE OBJECTIVES




CO1.To understand the procedures of clinical laboratory. (K2)

CO2. Learn about the preparation of reagents and its storage. (K2)

CO3. Understand the importance of biological samples. (K2)

CO4. To know about the histopathogical procedures. (K2)

CO5. To know about blood banking procedures. (K2)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 10 ESE – 40

193 Director, SBS


Page No.62

CONTENTS

UNIT-I







importance, Differential count, Determination of bleeding time, clotting time and

prothrombin time. Clinical Chemistry: Blood sugar Analysis- glucometer based analysis,

Fasting, Random, Post Prandial, HbA1C, and GTT.

UNIT-II







examination

UNIT-III


fluids, Peritoneal fluids and amniotic fluid. Semen analysis- physical, chemical &

microscopic examination, sperm count and motility.

UNIT-IV






194 Director, SBS


Page No.63

UNIT-V

Blood banking: Blood Group (ABO & Rh) – methods of grouping & reverse grouping.

Basic blood banking procedures – collection of blood, anticoagulants used, cross matching,

different screening tests including Coomb’s Test (direct and indirect), preparation of different

blood components for use and how to serve a requisition. Preparation of red cell suspension.

Blood transfusion hazards - hemolytic disease of newborn. Apheresis.

TEXT BOOKS:

TEXT BOOKS:

1.Tietz Text book of Clinical Chemistry and Molecular Diagnosis, Burtis A. Carl


2.Medical Laboratory Technology- Ramnik Sood –5th edition, 2006.

3.Handbook of Histopathological and Histochemical technique -

C.F.A.Culling.3rd edition- Butterworths. London.

4.Textbook of MLT, P.B.Godkar. 2nd edition. 2003, Bhalani publication.

REFERENCE BOOKS:


and Distributors.

2. Medical laboratory technology. Vol.1 Kanai L. Mukherjee, 2007,.Tata McGraw Hill


195 Director, SBS


Page No.64

SEMESTER II







COURSE OUTCOMES AND ITS COMPETENCY LEVEL: CO1: To Understand the structure and functions of cells (K2).


body (K2).





PO1 PO2 P03 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CONTENTS UNIT I Human Anatomy and Functions- Cell and their functions – Types of muscles and mechanism of muscle contraction – Immune system – Blood components. UNIT II Anatomy and Physiology of Cardiovascular system - Anatomy and Physiology of central nervous system - Anatomy and Physiology of respiratory system. UNIT III Anatomy and physiology of Digestive system, Anatomy and Physiology of excretory system.

CIA – 10 ESE – 40

196 Director, SBS


Page No.65

UNIT IV Anatomy and Physiology of sensory organs, Anatomy and Physiology of endocrine system. UNIT V Anatomy and Physiology of reproductive system – Menstruation – pregnancy. REFERENCES:







197 Director, SBS


Page No.66

SEMESTER – II COURSE: M. Sc., BIOCHEMISTRY SUBJECT TITLE: MODULE II – PAPER II CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY NUMBER OF HOURS: 30 Hrs COURSE OBJECTIVE: Understanding the diagnostic importance of diseases and

disorders.

COURSE OUTCOMES AND ITS COMPETENCY LEVEL: CO 1: To understand the disorders and test associated with various organs (K2). CO 2: To understand the gastric and pancreatic function tests (K2) CO 3: To understand the importance of minerals and acid base balance in human system.

(K2)

CO 4: To assess the abnormalities with respect to various hormones (K5) CO 5: To enable, distinguish and interpret the diseases. (K4)


PO1 PO2 P03 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CONTENTS UNIT I:

An overview of metabolism of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids and nucleic acids – Lipid

profile –Biochemical test for Blood glucose – Fasting, Post prandial, GTT and Hemoglobin

A1C, Renal function test (RFT).

UNIT II:

CIA – 10 ESE – 40

198 Director, SBS


Page No.67

Gastric, pancreatic function and Liver function (LFT) tests.

UNIT III:

Mineral metabolism - Analysis of Sodium and Potassium electrolytes and acid base balance –

using electrolyte analyser.

UNIT IV:

Biologically important hormones: Insulin, Glucagon, Epinephrine, Thyroid, Growth

Hormone, Parathyroid, Pituitary, Steroid Hormones. Hormone analysis – TFT, pregnancy

test.

UNIT V:

Characteristics of growing tumor cells – biochemical and morphological changes. Cancer

markers – AFP and CEA.

REFERENCES :

1. Tietz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry- Teitz, 6th Edition.

2. Practical Clinical Biochemistry -Harold Varley, 2006

3. Introduction to medical laboratory technology – F.J. Baker, R.E. Silverton, 5th

Edition, Butterworth & Co Publishers Ltd.

199 Director, SBS


(AUTONOMOUS) Chinnavedampatti, Coimbatore - 641 049




Phone No: 2666465





II Year M.Sc., Microbiology


(2017)


200 Director, SBS

Anx.PMB11, 2M.Sc.MB (CMS College) 2017 2016-18batch

Page No.2


M.Sc., Microbiology

REGULATIONS

MICROBIOLOGY: Activities of microorganisms are very important to almost every sector

of concern to mankind. From a perusal of the foregoing topics, one can find applications

(uses) of microorganisms to agriculture, forestry, food, industry, medicine, and environment.

The scope and significance of microbiology has enlarged manifold, particularly when

importance of environment was realized globally and the word environment was used in a

much wider sense in terms of totality to include almost everything in every bit of nature

OBJECTIVES

After completing the Program of Study in Microbiology, students should be able to:

demonstrate an understanding of core concepts of microbiology, including the

evolution and diversity of microbes; cell structure and function; metabolism;

information flow and the role of microbes in ecosystems.

Display proficiency in basic microbiological skills.

Analyze, interpret and evaluate a range of scientific literature in Microbiology.

Develop an information base for making personal health decisions in regard to

infectious diseases.

ELIGIBILITY

A pass in Under Graduate Examination with any Bioscience Degree or any other examination

accepted as equivalent there by the syndicate B.Sc in Biology / Botany / Zoology/ Chemistry/

Nursing / Biochemistry / Microbiology /or other examinations accepted as equivalent there to

by the Syndicate, subject to such other conditions as may be prescribed therefore.

DURATION OF PG COURSE

The course shall extend over a period of two years comprising of four semesters, with two

semesters per year (six periods – 50 minutes duration each /day). There shall not be less than

ninety instructional days during each semester. Examination shall be conducted at the end of

each semester for the respective subject.

201 Director, SBS


Page No.3



@ Credits



III Project 1 150 6

Total 22 2250 90

Note: I


$ In core subjects both theory and practical’s are included wherever applicable

The following parameters are considered throughout study period




iv) Other Social Components (Blood Camp, Fine Arts, etc)

Note: II


202 Director, SBS


Page No.4

Annexure No. PMB11 BOS.DT:12.6.2017




M.Sc., MICROBIOLOGY DEGREE COURSE



Sem

este

r

Par

t

Su

bje

ct C

ode

Subject Title

Inst

. Hrs

per

wee

k

Examination Details

Du

rati

on i

n

Hou

rs.

CIA

En

d S

em

Ex

am

Tot

al M

ark

s

Cre

dit

s

SEMESTER I

I

Paper-I Fundamentals of Microbiology 5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper-II Microbial physiology and

Metabolism 5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper-III Food and Dairy Microbiology 5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper-IV Molecular Genetics 5 3 25 75 100 4

Practical-I

Practicals- I Microbial

physiology, Molecular

genetics & Food

microbiology

5 9 40 60 100 4


Total 30 - 165 435 600 24

SEMESTER II

II

Paper-V Environmental Microbiology 5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper-VI Fermentation Microbiology 5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper-VII Recombinant DNA

Technology 5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper-VIII Bioethics, Biosafety, TQM

and IPR 5 3 25 75 100 4

203 Director, SBS


Page No.5

Practical -II

Practical II: Environmental

Microbiology, Fermentation

Microbiology and

Recombinant DNA

Technology

5 9 40 60 100 4


Total 30 - 165 435 600 24

SEMESTER III

III






Practical-III

Practical III: Medical

Microbiology and

Immunology

5 9 40 60 100 4

Elective-III Elective III 5 3 25 75 100 4

Total 30 - 165 435 600 24

SEMESTER IV

IV

Paper-XIII Soil and Agricultural


Practical-IV Practical IV: Soil and



Project 15 - 100 50 150 6

Total 30 - 190 260 450 18

Grand Total - - - - 2250 90

204 Director, SBS


Page No.6





PROJECT AND VIVA VOCE:

Project: 2 Reviews + Dissertation: 150 marks; Final Viva voce: 50 marks

The project report is the bonafide work carried out by the candidate under the

guidance of a faculty authenticated and countersigned by the Director. This project

work must be presented and defended by the candidate in the department attended by

all faculties and reviewed by external examiner. Candidate who has presented the

work as ‘Not qualified as per CBCS’ must resubmit the project again in the ensuing

academic year.




Assignments and seminar: 2.5 marks + 2.5marks = 5 marks






Practical: Marks should be awarded to each practical by the course teacher and the average

of the best ten practicals be taken for 40 marks.


monthly reviews (40 + 40) conducted by the project guide and the Director, 20 marks for

Dissertation).

205 Director, SBS


Page No.7


recommendations of class in charge, subject in charge. The final decision to be made by the

Director.


electives)


Paper I / Sem I Research

Methodology

Environment and

Health

Basic biological

sciences

Paper II / SemII Bioinformatics

Communicable and

non-communicable

disease

Biophysics and

Biochemistry


Microbiology

Health care of the

community

Molecular cytology

and tissue

Engineering

Paper IV / Sem IV

Diagnostic

Microbiology and

Molecular

Diagnostics

Nanotechnology Marine Biology and

Aquaculture

206 Director, SBS


Page No.8

Annex EDC: PG BS BOS DT: 12:06:2017






Note:

The students has to compulsorily select one Extra Disciplinary Course offered by

other departments and are eligible to get 4 extra credits. This paper is offered as self

study from the 2015 batch onwards.

Par

t

Su

b c

ode

Subject

Ins.

hrs

/ w

eek

Examinations

Du

r.

Exa

m

in h

rs

CIA

ES

E

Tot

al

mar

ks

Cre

dit

Semester III


Total - - - - 100 4

207 Director, SBS


Page No.9

COURSE: EXTRA DISCIPLINARY COURSE

SUBJECT TITLE: Organic Farming


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This course deals with the principles and practices of organic farming for sustainable

development.

GOALS

To make the student to understand basics, importance and advantages of organic farming.

OBJECTIVES

On successful completion of subject student would know about Organic farming,

vermicomposting and their applications.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Organic farming- Concept - Principles - Importance- Types- Its relevance to Indian

agriculture - Soil fertility - Nutrient recycling - Crop rotations - Requirements for organic

farming - Advantages and applications of organic farming.

UNIT-II

Methods of organic farming - Land preparation and mulching - Water management-green

manure - Composting methods - Vermicomposting – Different types of earthworms -

Different methods for vermi composting – Vermiwash - Advantages and applications - Value

addition as biofertilizer and marketing strategies.

UNIT-III

Organic farming for sustainable agriculture and crop production - Importance and different

types of biofertilizers - Production of Azolla, Azospirillum, Azotobacter and Rhizobium

biofertilizers- Ecofriendly applications of biofertilizers.

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

208 Director, SBS


Page No.10

UNIT-IV

Disease and pest management in organic farming - Biological pest control- Bio pesticides -

Neem insecticides - Integrated pest management - Bt insecticides - Advantages and

applications – Control of weeds.

UNIT-V

Integrated farming system - Objectives- Components - Factors affecting ecological balance-

Inspection, Certification and accreditation of organic product - Marketing and export

potential - Organic farming and national economy.

REFERENCES:

1. Hand Book of Organic Farming. Sharma A. 2002. Agrobios.

2. Organic Farming. Lampin N. 1990. Press Books, Lpswitch, UK.

3. Organic Farming and Sustainable Agriculture. Veeresh GK, Shivashankar K &

Suiglachar MA. 1997.

4. Organic Farming – Theory and Practice. Palaniappan SP and Anandurai K. 1999.

Scientific Publ.

209 Director, SBS


Page No.11

SEMESTER – III


SUBJECT TITLE: Paper IX: Medical Microbiology


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION




GOALS


hosts.

OBJECTIVES



CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Introduction to Medical Microbiology: Role of Microorganisms in medicine, classification

of Medically Important microbes - Normal microflora. Infections: sources and mode of

transmission, infectious disease cycle, epidemic, endemic, pandemic diseases. Antibiotic and

chemotherapeutic agents-Mode of action. Antibiotic resistance – ABST and CLSI guidelines

UNIT-II

Medical Bacteriology: Morphology, cultural characteristics, pathogenicity, laboratory

diagnosis and treatment of: Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pneumonia, Bacillus

anthracis, Corynebacterium diphtheriae, Clostridium tetani, Mycobacterium tuberculosis and

M. lepra, E.coli, Salmonella typhi, Shigella dysentriae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Proteus

vulgaris, Vibrio cholerae, Pseudomonas aeruginosa and Neisseria gonnorhoea.

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

210 Director, SBS


Page No.12

UNIT-III

Medical Mycology: Pathogenicity, laboratory diagnosis and treatment of superficial mycoses

(Tinea, Piedra), cutaneous mycoses – Dermatophytoses, Candidosis, Subcutaneous mycoses–

(Sporotrichosis, Mycetoma), Systemic mycosis (Cryptococcosis, Histoplasmosis).

UNIT-IV

Medical parasitology: Morphology and Identification of parasites. Pathogenicity, laboratory

diagnosis and treatment of Protozoan infection of Entamoeba histolytica, Giardia intestinalis,

Trypanosoma cruzi, Plasmodium falciparum, Toxoplasma gondii, Taenia saginata,

Ancylostoma duodenale, Enterobius vemiculari, Ascaris lumbricoides and Wuchereria

bancrofti.

UNIT-V

Systemic Infection: UTI, URTI, LRTI, STD, Skin infections, Nosocomial, PUO– collection

transport and processing of samples.

TEXT BOOKS:


(2005) 7th ed .Orient Longman Pvt., Ltd.

2. Textbook of Medical parasitology – Subash Chandra Parija, 2nd ed. All India


REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Medical Microbiology – Jawetz, Melnick and Adelberg’s (2001) 22nd ed. McGraw

Hill Medical Publication Division.

2. Medical Microbiology – David Greenwood. Richard Slack and John Peutherer

(2000) 15th ed. Church Hill Living stone Publication.

3. Medical Parasitology – Chatterjee K.D. (2007)7thed.

4. Medical Microbiology – Patric R. Murray. (1990). Mosby Publications.

5. Textbook of Medical parasitology – Jayaram Panicker C.K. (2004). JP Brothers,


211 Director, SBS


Page No.13

SEMESTER – III


SUBJECT TITLE: Paper X: Virology


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This paper presents the study of virus related plant and animals. It provides knowledge about

the epidemiology, pathogenesis and prophylaxsis of DNA and RNA viruses.

GOAL

This paper, virology has been designed to provide the student with a firm foundation in the

aspects of role of viruses in Microbiology, which forms a base for their future research. This

paper also provides the basics about different plant and animal viruses including oncogenic

viruses.

OBJECTIVE

On the successful completion of the course, the students will get an overall understanding

about the different forms of viruses related to plant and animals. Isolation, cultivation and

purification of viruses can be understood.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Introduction to Virology: History - general properties of viruses-techniques in virology-

cultivation –enumeration – isolation and purification. General introduction to Mycophages,

Phycophages and insect viruses.

UNIT-II

Animal viruses–Classification – structure and replication, epidemiology, pathogenesis,

prophylaxis of DNA viruses – Pox virus, Herpes virus, Adeno virus and Hepatitis virus.

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

212 Director, SBS


Page No.14

UNIT-III

Animal viruses– Classification – structure and replication, epidemiology, pathogensis,

prophylaxis of RNA viruses –Picorna virus, Orthomyxo and Paramyxo, Polio, Rabies, HIV

Togaand Rota virus and other oncogenic viruses.

UNIT-IV

Plant viruses: Classification – Structure –mode of transmission, symptoms, prevention and

control of RNA viruses – TMV. Double stranded DNA virus- CaMV. Single stranded DNA

virus Geminiviruses. Satellites viruses and viroids.

UNIT-V

Bacteriophages - Classification – single stranded DNA containing phages – structure and

biology of phage 174 and M13. Double stranded DNA containing phages - structure and

biology of T4 and λ. Viral vaccines, interferons and antiviral drugs.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Virology – Lewy, JA, Fraenled, HC. and Owens, RA. (1994) 3rd ed. Prentice Hall.

2. Virology – Saravanan, P (2009) M.J.P. Publishers.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Textbook of Microbiology – Ananthanarayanan, R and JayaramPanicker, CK. (2005)

7th ed. Orient Longman, Pvt. Ltd.

2. Introduction to modern virology - Dimmok and Primrose, SB. (1994) 4thed.

Blackwell Scientific Company Publications.

3. An Introduction to viruses – Biswass S.B. and Amita Biswass (1984) 3rd ed. Vikas

Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.

4. Medical Microbiology – Jawetz, E and Melnic, JL. (2001), Tata McGraw Publishing

House, New Delhi.

5. Diagnostic Microbiology – Baron E.J, Peterson, L.R. and Finegold, S.M. (1994)

Bailey N. Scotts, 9th Ed. Mosby Publications.

213 Director, SBS


Page No.15

SEMESTER – III


SUBJECT TITLE: Paper XI-Immunology and Immunotechnology

NUMBER OF HOURS/WEEK: 5 hours

SUBJECT DESCRIPTION



GOALS

To understand the basics of human defense mechanisms against the invading foreign bodies.

OBJECTIVES

On successful completion of the subject, the student will be aware of immune system,

immunity and basic immunological techniques and their applications.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Introduction to Immunology, History and scope of Immunology – Cells of immune system –

Hematopoiesis and differentiation – Structure and functions of Lymphocytes – T cells (TH

cells, TC cells, TS cells), B cells and NK cells, Monocytes and Macrophages, Neutrophils,

Eosinophils, Basophils and Mast cells, Organization and structure of lymphoid organs –

Primary lymphoid organs – Bone marrow, Bursa of Fabricius and Thymus. Secondary

lymphoid tissues – Spleen, lymph nodes, MALT, BALT & GALT.

UNIT-II

Primary and Secondary immune response. Immunity – Innate immunity – Different barriers

involved in innate immunity – Acquired immunity – Humoral and cell mediated Immunity.

Antigens – Factors influencing immunogenicity, Adjuvants, Epitopes, Haptens, Super

antigens and mitogens. Antibodies – Structure and functions of different immunoglobulin

classes, Production and applications of monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies. Definition and

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

214 Director, SBS


Page No.16

Classification of Exo and Endo toxins. Vaccines: Active and Passive immunization, Types of

vaccines: Killed, attenuated and recombinant vaccines.

UNIT-III

Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC): types – Class I, II and III – distribution and

function – Antigen recognition and presentation – Activation of B and T Lymphocytes –

Cytokines and their role in immune recognition – Structure, types and biology of

complement system – Hypersensitivity reactions – Type I, II, III and IV. Autoimmune

disorders – Organ specific autoimmune diseases – Hashimoto’s thyroiditis & Systemic

autoimmune diseases – SLE and AIDS.

UNIT-IV

Tumor immunology – tumor antigens – immune response to tumors – Cancer

immunotherapy. Transplantation immunology (Graft vs Host reaction (GVHR), Host vs Graft

reaction (HVGR), MLR, HLA typing – Organ transplantation (Bone marrow transplantation,

Kidney transplantation, heart and liver transplantation) – Immunosuppressants and

immunosuppressive therapy.

UNIT-V

Immunotechnology: Salient features of antigen – antibody interactions, In vitro tests –

Precipitation reactions: Precipitation reaction in fluids, Precipitation reaction in gels: Radial,

immunodiffusion, Double immunodiffusion, Immunoelectrophoresis. Agglutination

reactions: Haemagglutination, Bacterial and Passive agglutination. ABO blood grouping,

Coomb’s test, Widal, VDRL, ASO, CRP, ELISA and complement fixation test.

Immunofluorescent techniques – FISH, FACS and immuno electron microscopy.

Immunohistochemistry – An Overview.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Kuby Immunology. Thomas J. Kindt, Richard A. Goldsby, Barbara A. Osborne

(2007) 6th edition, W.H. Freeman & Company, New York.

215 Director, SBS


Page No.17

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Essentials of Immunology. Ivan Riot (1988), 6th edition, Blackwell Scientific

Publications, Oxford.

2. Fundamentals of Immunology. Paul W.E. (1988) Raven Press, New York

3. Immunology – Jan Klein and Vaclav Horejsi (1999) Wiley-Blackwell, New York

4. Janeway’s Immunobiology – Kenneth Murphy and Casey Weaver – 9th Edison,

Garland Science, New York.

216 Director, SBS


Page No.18

SEMESTER – III


SUBJECT TITLE: Paper XII: Genomics and Proteomics


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This paper deals with genome map, comparative genomics, structural genomics, functional

genomics, protein structure prediction, function and various tools for analysis of proteins.

GOALS

To make the students familiar with genome map, comparative genomics, structural and

functional genomics and proteomics-extensively used in drug discovery and in learning

various tools for analysis of proteins.

OBJECTIVES

To understand the genome architecture and extracting information like gene function, gene

regulation, protein evolution and targets for drug designing.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Genomics: Introduction to Genomics, Genome topology: Chromatin, super coiling and

packaging. Genome organization: Genome organization in prokaryotic and eukaryotic

systems: Operon concept. Genome Sequencing-Shot gun, clone-contings, pyrosequening.

NGS (Next Generation Sequencing).

Genome analysis - Chromosome analysis: Basic strategy for genetic analysis in human:

Linkage mapping, physical mapping, genetic mapping and restriction mapping.

UNIT-II

Annotation of the Genome: Various approaches in gene prediction, ORF prediction, Gene

prediction in prokaryotes, Gene prediction in eukaryotes, Hidden Markov Model, Pattern

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

217 Director, SBS


Page No.19

discrimination, Evaluation of gene prediction method and Prediction of promoter sequences.

Applications of Genomics

UNIT-III

Functional Genomics: Gene expression analysis by cDNA micro arrays, SAGE. EST

databases (DBEST, UNIGENE).

Genomic Diversity- General Purpose of Comparative Genomics Database: Cog- Cluster of

Orthologous Groups, Kegg Kyoto Encyclopedia of Genes and Genomes, MBGD Microbial

Genome Database, Tools for Genomic Comparison and functions of functional genomics.

UNIT-IV

Principles of Protein classification: Based on Structural features, Phylogenetic relationship,

CATH - Classification by Class, Architecture, Topology, Homology, SCOP - Structural

Classification of Protein, FSSP – Fold classification based on structure - structure alignment,

MMDB - Molecular Modeling Database. Secondary structure prediction: Chou – Fasman /

GOR method, Neural network.

UNIT-V

Analytical proteomics: Sample preparation and processing, Proteome analysis techniques:

2D PAGE, Capillary Electrophoresis, Spectroscopy: NMR, MS and MALDI-TOF and its

variants. 3D structural analysis: X-ray crystallography / X-ray diffraction analysis.

Applications of proteomics.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Bioinformatics - Methods and Applications, Genomics, Proteomics & Drug

discovery –S.C. Rastogi, Namita Mendiratta & Parag Rastogi. Printice Hall of India

private limited, 4th ed., 2013, New Delhi.

2. Principles of Genome analysis and genomics – S.B. Primrose and Twyman (2003)

3rd Edition, Blackwell publishing.

3. Bioinformatics - Sequence and Genome analysis- David W Mount, CBS publishers

and distributors, 2nd ed., 2005.

218 Director, SBS


Page No.20

4. Bioinformatics - A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins- Andreas

D Baxevanis & B F Francis Ouellette , A John Wiley and Sons, INC., Publications,

2nd ed., 2002.

5. Genomics – The science and technology behind the human genome project –

Charles R. Cantor, 4th ed., 1999.

6. Proteomics. S.R. Pennigton and M.J. Dunn. 2002. 2nd., Viva Books Private Limited.

New Delhi (for Units III and IV and V.)

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Proteomics- From protein sequence to function - S R Pennington & M J Dunn

(2002), 2nd ed., Viva Books Pvt. Ltd.

2. Genes VII - Lewin B (2000),7th ed., Oxford University Press, UK.

3. Essential Bioinformatics - Jin Xiong (2006), Cambridge University Press.

4. Recent advances in Bioinformatics - Irfan A Khan & Atiya Khunum (2003), Ukaaz

Publications.

5. Introduction to Proteomics – Principles and applications by Nawin Mishra, 2010.

6. Proteomics in practice – Reiner Westermeier and Tom Naven, 2002.

219 Director, SBS


Page No.21

SEMESTER – III


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective III: Group: A- Pharmaceutical Microbiology


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION


pharmacy. The information about gene therapy and diagnostic aids indicates the usage of

advancement in pharmacy research. Concepts of intellectual property rights and international

trade in the syllabus infer importance of patenting and trading of pharmaceutical products.

GOALS

This paper in microbiology has been designed to provide the student with a firm foundation

in the pharmaceutical aspects of microbiology, which forms a base for their future research.

This paper also provides the basics in IPR for better understanding of industrialization of the


OBJECTIVES


production aspects of pharmaceutical important enzymes and products, diagnostic aids and

intellectual property and international trade.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Introduction to Pharmaceutical microbiology - The ecology of microorganisms affecting

pharmaceutical industry - The atmosphere, water, skin & respiratory flora of personnel, raw-

materials, packing, equipments, building, utensils etc. Types of microorganisms occurring in

pharmaceutical products. Types of antimicrobial agents and their uses (alcohol, phenolic

compounds, formaldehyde).

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

220 Director, SBS


Page No.22

UNIT-II

Antimicrobial agents: Types of Antibacterial, antifungal and antiviral compounds.

Commercial production and mode of action - penicillin, cephalosporin.

UNIT-III

Assay for growth inhibiting substances - Assay for non-medicinal antimicrobials (Phenol

coefficient / Rideal-Walker Coefficient). Drug sensitivity testing methods and their

importance. Assay for antibiotics - Determination of MIC, the liquid tube assay, solid agar

tube assay, agar plate assay (disc diffusion, agar well and cylinders cup method).

UNIT-IV

Gene therapy and diagnostic aids: Disease prevention by vaccines (DNA vaccines), disease

diagnosis probes, monoclonal antibodies, disease treatment products from recombinant

organisms, interferon, antisense nucleotides as therapeutic agents, drug delivery (Viral

delivery and therapeutic strategies, non-viral delivery, gene delivery to skin, use of liposomes

as drug delivery system).

UNIT-V

Intellectual Property: Concepts regarding Intellectual Property (IP) Intellectual Property

Protection (IPP) and Intellectual Property rights (IPR). Economic Importance mechanisms for

protection of Intellectual Property - patents, copy rights, trademarks, Factors affecting choice

of IP Protection penalties for violation, Role of IP in Pharma industry: Global ramifications

and financial implications.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Pharmaceutical biotechnology – Purohit, Kulkarni, Saluja (2003) Agrobios.

2. Pharmaceutical Microbiology – Hugo, WB. And Russel, AD. Blackwell Scientific,

Oxford.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Gene therapy – Templeton and Lasic. (2000). Marcel and Dekkn.

221 Director, SBS


Page No.23

2. The basic science of gene therapy – Richard C. Mulligan. (1993). American


3. Comprehensive biotechnology – Murray Moo-Young (Ed) Vol-3 (2004) Permagon

Press.

4. Pharmaceutical biotechnology – Purohit. (2003). 2nd ed. Agrobios.

222 Director, SBS


Page No.24

SEMESTER – III


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective III: Group B – Health care of the community


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

The paper describes about the contact between the individual and the health system.

GOALS

To gain knowledge about the types of health care system provided in the society.

OBJECTIVES

On successful completion of the subject, the student will know about the personal health care,

physical and mental health.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Nutrition and health - Balanced Diet, food surveillance, food fortifications- addition of

vitamins and minerals - Adulteration and preventive steps.

UNIT-II

Physical health-care of skin, hair, teeth, eyes, ears, hands and feet-physical exercises and their

importance - Walking and jogging – Yoga and meditation – stress Relief.

UNIT-III

Health Programmes and health education – Malaria control – TB control – AIDS control

programmes and Immunization programmes.

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

223 Director, SBS


Page No.25

UNIT-IV

Social sciences and mental health - Sociology; Social structure, culture and customs - social

problems-Mental health - cases of mental illness Alcoholism and drug dependence -

prevention Rehabilitation.

UNIT-V

Family planning, Maternal and child health - Antenatal and Postnatal care - Reproductive and

child Health programme (RCH).

REFERENCES

1. Park’s Text books of preventive and social medicine

2. Immune – biotechnology by Naha & Narain

3. Immunology by Dulsy Fatima & N.Arumugam

4. Food and Nutrition by L.Swaminathan

5. Dietics by Srilakshmi

6. Practice of fertility control and Comprehensive manual. 6th edition by

S.K.Choudhary

224 Director, SBS


Page No.26

SEMESTER – III


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective III: Group C – Molecular Cytology and Tissue

Engineering.


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

Molecular Cytology and tissue engineering deals with the study of the structure and functions

of the cells of animals and plants; especially, the study of the cells of the human body, and of

the significance of changes.

GOAL

To provide the knowledge of tissue engineering in the use of a combination

of cells, engineering and materials methods, and suitable biochemical and physicochemical

factors to improve or replace biological functions.

OBJECTIVE

Understanding the principles of basic cell molecular biology and the fundamental and

quantitative principles of tissue engineering.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Molecular basis of signal transduction in bacteria, plants and animals; Model membranes;

proteinsorting, secretory and endocytic pathways, cell cycle; Dosage compensation and sex

determination and sex-linked inheritance.

UNIT-II

The law of DNA constancy and C-value paradox; Numerical, and structural changes in

chromosomes; Molecular basis of spontaneous and induced mutations and their role in

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

225 Director, SBS


Page No.27

evolution; polypoidy; Environmental mutagenesis and toxicity testing; Population genetics.

Environmental regulation of gene expression.

UNIT-III

Cell and tissue culture in plants and animals; Primary culture; Cell line; Cell clones; Callus

cultures; Somaclonal variation; Micropropagation; Somatic embryogenesis; Haploidy;

Protoplast fusion and somatic hybridization; Cybrids.

UNIT-IV

Genetransfer methods in plants and in animals; Transgenic biology; Allopheny; Artificial

seeds; Gene targeting. Applications of genetic engineering in agriculture, health and industry.

UNIT-V

Histology –Basics of mammalian systems, nutrition, digestion and absorption; Circulation

(open and closed circular, lymphatic systems, blood composition and function); Excretion

and osmoregulation: Homeostatis (neural and hormonal); Bioluminiscence.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Molecular Biology of the Cell. Alberts, B. et al., (2008). 5th Ed. Garland Publishing

House.

2. The World of the Cell. Becker. (2009). 7th ed. Benjamin-Cummings.

3. Genomes 2. Brown, T. A. (2002). Wilely-Liss.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. The Cell. Cooper, G. M. (2004). 3rd ed. ASM Press.

2. Introduction to genetic analysis. Griffiths, A. J. F., Wessler, S. R., Lewontin, R. C.

& Carroll, S. B. 2008. 9th ed. W. H. Freeman and Company, New York.

3. Modern Genetic Analysis: Integrating Genes and Genomics. Griffiths, A. J. F.

(2002). 2nd ed. W. H. Freeman and Company, New York.

4. Tissue Engineering. Clemens Van Blitterswick (2008). Academic Press 1st edition

226 Director, SBS


Page No.28

SEMESTER – III


SUBJECT TITLE: PRACTICAL III: Medical Microbiology and Immunology


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This Practical paper deals with the pathogenic microorganism of human beings, serology and

immunological techniques.

GOAL

This paper gives strong basic knowledge in sample collection and identification of various

pathogenic microorganisms.

OBJECTIVE

On the successful completion of the course, the students will get an overall knowledge in

medical microbiology.

CONTENTS

Medical Microbiology

1. Collection, transport and processing of specimens – Urine, sputum, pus, blood, throat

swab, stools and wound exudates.

2. Isolation and identification of specimen associated bacterial pathogens – Escherichia

coli, Klebsiella Sp., Proteus Sp., Salmonella Sp., Shigella Sp., Pseudomonas Sp.,

Staphylococcus Sp., Streptococcus Sp.

3. Antibiotic sensitivity pattern of clinical isolates.

4. Cultivation of animal virus in embryonated eggs (Demonstration)

Serology

A. Agglutination Reactions

5. ABO blood grouping

CIA – 40 ESE – 60

227 Director, SBS


Page No.29

6. Antistreptolysin-O test

7. C-reactive protein test

8. WIDAL test (qualitative and quantitative)

B. Precipitation Reactions

9. Counter-current immunoelectrophoresis

10. Immunoelectrophoresis

11. Ouchterlony’s double immunodiffusion test

12. Radial immunodiffusion test

13. Dot-ELISA test

REFERENCES:

1. Experiments in microbiology plant pathology and biotechnology – Aneja, K.R.

(2003). 4th ed. New age international publ.

2. Microbiology: Laboratory Manual – James G. Cappuccino and Natalie Sherman

(1999). 6th ed. Benjamin/Cummings Science Publishing.

3. Microbiology Manual – Kannan, N, (2000). Palani Paramount Publishing.

4. Microbiology-Laboratory Manual – Sundarajan, M. (2001)

5. Experimental Procedures in Life Sciences – Rajan, S. (2010) Anjana book house.

228 Director, SBS


Page No.30

SEMESTER – IV


SUBJECT TITLE: Paper XIII – S oil and Agricultural Microbiology


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This paper presents the study of soil, microbial inhabitants and its association with plant and

other organisms.

GOAL

This paper is designed to give basic knowledge about types and structure of the soil, both

beneficial and harmful microorganisms present in the soil.

OBJECTIVE

After the completion of this paper, the Students will understand the interaction of

microorganisms with the plants and the production of bio fertilizers.

CONTENTS

UNIT- I

Classification of soils: Physical and chemical characteristics of soil. Soil microflora:

bacteria, actinomycetes, algae, fungi, virus, protozoans & nematodes and their significance.

UNIT-II

Microbial interactions with plants: Phyllosphere and Rhizosphere. Microbial interactions

withanimals-insect and rumen. Brief account on microbial interactions - symbiosis -

mutualism - commensalism - competition - amensalism - synergism - parasitism - predation.

UNIT-III

Biogeochemical cycles:Mobilization and immobilization of elements - carbon cycle –

nitrogen cycle, Biological nitrogen fixation - nitrogenase enzyme - nif genes - symbiotic

nitrogen fixation (Rhizobium, Frankia)- non symbiotic nitrogen fixation (Azotobacter,

Azospirillum), VAM - ecto, endo & ectendomycorrhizae, phosphorous and sulphur, iron.

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

229 Director, SBS


Page No.31

UNIT-IV

Biofertilizers and Biopesticides: Biofertilizers and their importance in crop productivity –

Mass production of Bacterial biofertilizers (Rhizobium, Azospirillum, Azotobacter and

Phosphate solubilizing bacteria) - Algal, cyanobacterial and fungal (mycorrhizae)

biofertilizers - their significance and practice. Biopesticides: Bacterial (Bt pesticides), fungal

(Trichoderma), Viral biopesticides - Baculovirus, NPV insecticides. Biomass production -

formulation - large scale application.

UNIT-V

Plant pathology: Symptoms, disease cycle and control measures of Bacterial diseases -

Blight of rice, citrus canker, wilt of potato, fungal diseases - Blast of rice, rust of wheat, smut

of sugarcane, red rot of sugarcane and viral diseases - Vein clearing disease, TMV.

Transmission of Viral infections through vectors - grasshopper and aphids.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Microbial Ecology. Atlas RN and Bartha R. 1998. 4th ed. Benjamin Cummings.

2. Environmental Microbiology. Vijayaramesh. 2008.

3. Soil Microbiology. SubbaRao NS. 2004. 4th ed. Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. Pvt.

Ltd., New Delhi.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Soil Microbiology - Mishra RR 2004. 1st edition, CBS Publishers and distributor

New Delhi.

2. Agricultural Microbiology. Rangaswami G and D.G. Bagyaraj, 2002. 2nd ed.

Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.

3. Biofertilizers in Agriculture and Forestry, Subbarao N.S. 1995. 3rd ed. Oxford and

IBH publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.

4. Microbial Ecology – Atlas R.N. and Bartha R. 1998. 4th ed. Benjamin Cummings.

5. Soil Microbiology – Robert L Tate. 1995. 1st ed. John Wiley and Sons., Inc. Newyork.

6. Introduction to Soil Microbiology. Alexander M. 1977. John Wiley & Sons., Inc.

New York.

230 Director, SBS


Page No.32

SEMESTER – IV


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective IV: Group: A – Diagnostic Microbiology and Molecular

Diagnostics


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This paper presents the study of diagnosis of various infectious agents.

GOALS

This paper has been designed to understand the basics of medically important

microorganisms and to diagnosis of a pathogen through safe handling and processing

techniques

OBJECTIVES

On the successful completion of the course, the students will have an overall understanding

of various techniques required to isolate the given pathogen.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

General concepts in specimen collection and handling in bacterial infections: Basic principles

of specimen Collection – Preservation, storage, transport of specimen (urine, stool, pus and

blood) and processing of clinical samples – Direct examination – Microscopy – Culture

methods for bacteria.

UNIT-II

Emerging technologies in detection of bacterial infections: Microscopic methods for rapid

detection – (Vitek, Microscan, Sensititre and Pasco methods). Direct microbial antigenic

detection – Precipitation test (Immunodiffusion test), agglutination test (Latex),

Immunofluorescence assay, Enzyme immunoassay (ELISA). Serological diagnosis –

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

231 Director, SBS


Page No.33

complement fixation. Neutralization test (ASO test), Western blot technique. Molecular

Methods – Nucleic acid hybridization and PCR.

UNIT-III

Lab diagnosis of viral infections: Specimen selection and collection – throat, naspharyngeal

swabs, bronchial washes, rectal swabs, stool and skin lesions. Virus detection methods –

cytology and histology, Electron microscopy, Immunodiagnosis – antigen detection, PCR and

cell culture (cell line and cytopathic effect).

UNIT-IV

Lab diagnosis of fungal infections: collection and transport of clinical specimens –

respiratory tract secretions, CSF, blood and urine. Identification methods – direct detection,

microscopy and cultivation of dermatophytes. Opportunistic mycoses – Aspergillus spp,

Systemic mycoses – Histoplasma capsulatum and Candida albicans

UNIT-V

Lab diagnosis of parasitic infections: General specimen collection and transport of specimens

- Approaches in identification - O&P examination - pinworm examination - Biopsy

examination - blood smear staining (thick and thin). Cultivation - Larval stages, nematodes

and protozoa. Organism identification in body organs - amoeba and flagellates.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Diagnostic Microbiology (Bailey & Scott’s) - Betty A Forbes and Daniel Sahm, 12th

edition, Mosby Elsevier publications.

2. Textbook of Microbiology– Ananthanarayanan, R. and Jayaram Panicker, C.K.

(2005). 7th ed. Orient Longman Pvt., Ltd.

3. Textbook of Medical parasitology- Subash Chandra Parija, 2nd ed. All India


REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Medical Microbiology – Jawetz, Melnick and Adelberg’s (2001). 22nd ed. McGraw


232 Director, SBS


Page No.34

2. Medical Microbiology - David Greenwood. Richard Slack and John Peutherer.

(2000). 15th ed. Church Hill Living stone Publication.

3. Medical Parasitology – Chatterjee K.D. (2007) 7th ed.

4. Medical Microbiology - Patric R. Murray (1990) Mosby Publications.

5. Textbook of Medical parasitology– Jayaram Panicker C.K. (2004). JP Brothers,


233 Director, SBS


Page No.35

SEMESTER – IV


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective IV: Group: B – Nanotechnology


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

The paper describes about the study of the controlling of matter on an atomic and molecular

scale. Nanotechnology is a find that turned the world around.

GOALS

To gain knowledge about the nanoparticles of various sizes and their biological importance.

OBJECTIVES

On successful completion of the subject, the student will know about the projected ability to

construct items from the bottom up, using techniques and tools being developed today to

make complete, high performance products.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Basics of Nanotechnology I: Background to Nanotechnology – scientific revolutions – types

of nanotechnology and nanomachines – atomic structure molecules & phases – molecularand

atomic size – surfaces and dimensional space – top down and bottom up Nanoscale

formation.

UNIT-II

Forces between atoms and molecules: Strong intermolecular forces - covalent and coulomb

interactions – interactions involving polar molecules and polarization - weak intermolecular

forces and total intermolecular pair potentials - Van der Waals forces - repulsive forces;

special interactions such as hydrogen - bonding, hydrophobic and hydrophilic interactions.

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

234 Director, SBS


Page No.36

UNIT-III

Nanostructures and their properties: Definition of nano systems - dimensionality and size

dependent phenomena in Quantum dots, and Quantum wires - size dependent variation in

magnetic, electronic transport properties.

UNIT-IV

High vacuum technology: Evaporation theory – different sources for evaporation - working

principles of rotary and diffusion pumps – cryogenic pumps – cryo sorption and getter pumps

- vacuum materials.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Nanotechnology: basic science and emerging technologies – Mick Wilson, Kamali

Kannangara, Geoff Smith, Michelle Simmons, Burkhard Raguse, Overseas Press

(2005)

2. Amorphous and Nanocrystalline Materials: Preparation, Properties, and

Applications, A. Inoue, K.Hashimoto (Eds.,) (2000)

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Understanding Nanotechnology. (2002). Scientific American, editors at Scientific

American, Warner Books.

2. Introduction to Nanotechnology. (2003). Charles P. Poole, Frank J. Owens, Wiley-

Interscience.

3. Nanotechnology: A Gentle introduction to the Next Big Idea. (2002). Mark A.

Ratner, Daniel Ratner, Mark Ratne. 1st edition. Prentice Hall PTR

4. Fundamentals of Surface and Thin Film Analysis. Leonard C. Feldman and James

W. Mayer.

5. Hand book of thin film technology. L.I. Maissel and R. Glang. McGraw-Hill Book

Company.

235 Director, SBS


Page No.37

SEMESTER – IV


PAPER TITLE: Elective-IV- Group C – Marine Biology and Aquaculture


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This paper deals with the aquatic environment and the types of biological community present

in it and adds on the fisheries management and its pathology.

GOAL

The completion of this paper provides the students to get are of the marine environment and to

create basic understanding of the nutritional requirements of fish/shellfish.

OBJECTIVE

To provide a deep knowledge on the marine biology and aquaculture.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Biological Oceanography: The sea as a Biological environment: classification of marine

environment; general characters of the populations of the primary biotic divisions (plankton,

nekton and benthos) - Introduction of plankton; general classification and composition of

plankton; floating mechanism of plankton. Collection of plankton; general account of

instruments and nets employed; methods of fixation and preservation of plankton; analysis of

samples, methods of estimating standing crop of plankton.

UNIT-II

Biology of Marine Organisms-I: -Nutrition: Types of food, general mechanisms of feeding;

transport of food through gut: digestion, digestive enzymes- Excretion – Nitrogen excretion;

mode of nitrogen excretion, Elimination of nitrogenous waste - Respiration respiratory

mechanisms: factors effecting respiration (Salinity, temperature and oxygen tension);

CIA – 25 ESE – 75

236 Director, SBS


Page No.38

respiratory pigments: role in transport of oxygen and carbon dioxide. Osmotic regulation and

ion regulation: mechanisms: general account.

UNIT-III

Estuaries and Coastal Zone management: Estuarine environment: classification and

physico - chemical parameters of estuaries. Distribution of estuarine plankton, nekton and

benthos. Estuarine birds, estuarine food web. Mangroves, sea-grasses, marine fungi- Coastal

Zone Management: Coastal resources i.e. finish, shellfish and non-living resources and their

management. Impact of dredging, mining and pollution on coastal habitats and their

management methods. Remote sensing application in coastal zone management. Coastal zone

regulations.

UNIT-IV

Basics of fish and shellfish health management: Host-pathogen-environment relationship,

Management of culture systems, Environmental stress. Diseases in aquaculture: parasitic,

bacterial, viral and fungal pathogens of fish and shellfish. Water, soil, environmental

parameters and their effects on fish health. Disease in hatcheries and grow out systems.

Epidemiology of diseases, nutritional pathology.

UNIT-V

Defense system in fish and shellfish: Defense systems in fish, innate and acquired

immunity, inflammation response to diseases. Antibody and cell mediated immunity in fish

and shellfish. Techniques in health management: Microbiological, haematological,

histopathological, immunological and molecular techniques. Disease surveillance and

reporting.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Marine Biology. Friedrich H., Sidgwick & Jackson, 1969.

2. Ecology of estuaries. Mc Lusky D.S., Hinmann, 1971.

3. Fish diseases. Aline, W. 1980. Spranger – Verlay, Berlin Heidelberg, New York.

237 Director, SBS


Page No.39

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Fish diseases (Vol. I & II). Schaperclaus, W. 1986. Oxonian Press Pvt. Ltd.

2. Environmental Stress and Fish Diseases. Wedmeyer, G. Meyer, F.P. and Smith, L.,

1999. Narendra Publishing House, New Delhi.

3. Fish Pathology. Ronald J., Roberts E. 1989. 2nd Edition, Baillere Tindall, London.

4. Principal diseases of Marine Fish and Shelfish. Vol. I & II. 1990. Carl, J.

Sindermann. 2nd Edition. Academic Press.

238 Director, SBS


Page No.40

SEMESTER – IV


SUBJECT TITLE: Practical IV- Soil and Agricultural Microbiology


CONTENTS

1. Isolation of nitrifiers, denitrifiers and ammonifiers

2. Isolation of microbes from rhizosphere

3. Isolation of microorganism from phyllosphere

4. Isolation of cellulase producers from soil

5. Isolation of phosphate solubilisers from soil

6. Isolation of free living and symbiotic nitrogen fixers

7. Isolation of plant pathogens

(a) Bacteria

(b) Fungi

8. Production of vermicompost from vegetable waste.

9. Production of blue green algae.

10. Production of Rhizobium as biofertilizer.

REFERENCES:

1. Experiments in Microbiology plant pathology and biotechnology – Aneja, KR.

(2003) 4th ed. New age international publ.

2. Microbiology – Laboratory Manual – James G. Cappuccino and Natalie Sherman



4. Microbiology-Laboratory Manual – Sudarajan, M. (2001)

5. Experimental procedures in Lifesciences – Rajan, S. (2010) Anjana book house.

CIA – 40 ESE –60

239 Director, SBS


Page No.41

SEMESTER – IV


PROJECT WORK

(Duration: 1st December to 28th February)

TOTAL PROJECT HOURS/WEEK: 15

Rules and regulations to be followed:

Project can be carried out at the college premises or at any research institution* or

renowned industry* for a period of three months (*prior permission is required from

the Director).

Allotment of guides will be done as per the Lot system in the third semester.

Review of the project work will be conducted in two stages in the month of Jan and

Feb (after internal and model examinations) for Internal and External students.

For Internal Projects:

The concern guides will maintain the attendance. At the end of each month they have

to submit a consolidated attendance to the class in charge.

Requirement of chemicals and glasswares for the project work will be submitted to

the Director with the recommendation from concerned guides on or before 30th of

October. Purchase of expensive items (chemicals or imported chemicals or special

glasswares) will not be permitted.

Students who are doing their project work at CMS shall submit a weekly report of

their research work to their respective guides. Moreover, they have to submit a

monthly report (in MS word format as attachment) to the Director and a copy to be

mailed to [email protected] on or before 30th of each month.

For External Projects:

After getting the permission students can approach the research institute or industry.

Request letter to the Industry or institution can be received from the Director.

CIA – 100 ESE – 50

240 Director, SBS


Page No.42

After acceptance, a confirmation/acceptance letter or email to be submitted to the

Director through proper channel (ie., signed by the guide and CC).

Students who are doing their project work in external labs shall submit a weekly

report of their research work to their guide by letter or email. Moreover, they have to

submit a monthly report (in MS word format as attachment) to the Director by email

and a copy to [email protected] on or before 30th of each month.

At the time of completion of their project work in the month of February, students

have to submit original attendance certificate (in letter pad) from research lab or

Industry to the Director duly recommended and forwarded by the guides and CCs.

Based on the recommendations by the guide, attendance will be provided to the

students. The original certificate approved by the Director to be enclosed in the thesis.

Dissertation:

A Common format of the dissertation to be followed by all the students of SBS. A

template of dissertation will be given to each student by email in the month of

January.

Final copy will be given for printing after the approval by the concerned guide.

At least one publication of their project work in any journal with ISSN number is

recommended.

Students have to submit three copies of their dissertation duly signed by the guide, CC

and the Director (One original and two copies neatly bound) at the time of viva voce

examination.

Any deviations from above mentioned rules and regulations will not be considered.

***************************************************************************

241 Director, SBS


(AUTONOMOUS)





Phone No: 2666465





I Year M.Sc., Applied Microbiology


(2017)

(FOR THE STUDENTS ADMITTED DURING THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2017

242 Director, SBS

Anx.PAMB11, 1M.Sc.AMB (CMS College) 2017 2017-19 batch

Page No.2














M.Sc., APPLIED MICROBIOLOGY COURSE


PEO 1: To acquire basic knowledge on core concepts in application oriented fields of

Microbiology.

PEO 2: To inculcate practical training on basic techniques and processes in Microbiology.

PEO 3: To impart skill-based education for entrepreneurial development.

PEO 4: To adapt with the continuously evolving technologies in industry.


PO 1: Display proficiency in advanced microbiological skills.

PO 2: Analyze, interpret and evaluate a range of scientific literature in microbiology.

PO 3: Improve analytical and technical skills to enhance employment potential

PO 4: Acquire a holistic professional career in hospitals, food and pharmaceutical industries.

243 Director, SBS


Page No.3


PEO1 PEO2 PEO3 PEO4

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4



@ Credits



III Project – 100 4

IV Industrial/Institutional Training** – 50 2

Total 22 2250 90

Note: I


$ In core subjects both theory and practical are included wherever applicable.

** Student has to undergo compulsory training for a minimum period of 15 days.






Note: II


244 Director, SBS


Page No.4

Annexure: PAMB11 BOS.DT: 12.6.2017




M.Sc., APPLIED MICROBIOLOGY DEGREE COURSE



Sem

este

r

Par

t

Su

bje

ct C

ode

Subject Title

Inst

. H

rs p

er

wee

k

Examination Details

Du

rati

on

in H

ours

.

CIA

En

d S

em.

Exa

m

Tot

al

Mar

ks

Cre

dit

s

SEMESTER I

I

Paper-I Fundamentals of Microbiology 5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper-II Microbial physiology and Metabolism

5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper-III Food and Dairy Microbiology 5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper-IV Molecular Genetics 5 3 25 75 100 4

Practical-I Practical-I: Microbial physiology, Molecular genetics and Food microbiology

5 9 40 60 100 4


Total 30 - 165 435 600 24

SEMESTER II

II

Paper -V Microbial Techniques 5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper -VI Industrial Microbiology 5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper-VII Recombinant DNA Technology

5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper-VIII Research Methodology and Bioanalytical Techniques

5 3 25 75 100 4

245 Director, SBS


Page No.5

Practical-II

Practical II: Microbial Techniques, Industrial Microbiology and Recombinant DNA Technology

5 9 40 60 100 4


Total 30 - 165 435 600

24

SEMESTER III

III



Paper-XI Immunology and Immunotechnology

5 3 25 75 100 4


Elective III Elective III 5 3 25 75 100 4

Practical-III Practical III: Medical Microbiology and Immunology

5 9 40 60 100 4

Industrial / Institutional training.

- - - - 50 2

Total 30 - 165 435 650

26

SEMESTER IV

IV

Paper-XIII Environmental and Agricultural Microbiology

5 3 25 75 100 4


Practical-IV Practical IV: Environmental and Agricultural Microbiology

5 9 40 60 100 4

Project 15 - 60 40 100 4

Total 30 - 150 250 400 16

246 Director, SBS


Page No.6

Grand Total - - - - 2250 90





* Project: 2 Reviews (20+20) and Attendance (20): 60 marks; Final Viva voce: 40 marks

* The project report is the bonafide work carried out by the candidate under the guidance of a

faculty authenticated and countersigned by the Director. This project work must be presented

and defended by the candidate in the department attended by all faculties and reviewed by

external examiner.

** Industrial / Institutional training:


prior to Semester III. This should be of a minimum duration of 15 working days at any off-


Industrial / Institutional training report with attendance certificate upon completion and the

bonafide report carried out by the candidate under the guidance of a faculty authenticated and

countersigned by the Director. A report on the Industrial / Institutional training must be

presented by the candidate in the Department (at the end of third semester) attended by all

faculty and reviewed by the respective guide as examiner.

@ Industrial / Institutional training :






247 Director, SBS


Page No.7

Assignments and seminar: 2.5 marks +2.5marks = 5 marks


Practical I, II, III and IV (for 40 marks):




Practical: Marks should be awarded to each practical by the course teacher and the average of

the best ten practicals be taken for 40 marks.


monthly reviews conducted by the project guide, course coordinator and the Director, 20

marks for attendance).


recommendations of class in charge, subject in charge and course coordinator. The final

decision to be made by the Director with the approval from the Principal.


electives)


Paper I/Sem I Bioethics, Biosafety,

TQM and IPR Quality assessment in

pharmaceuticals Basic biological

sciences

Paper II/ Sem II Bioinformatics Communicable and non-communicable disease

Biophysics and Biochemistry

Paper III/Sem III

Pharmaceutical Microbiology

Health care of the community

Molecular cytology and tissue

Engineering

Paper IV/Sem IV

Diagnostic Microbiology and

Molecular Diagnostics

Good Manufacturing/Laboratory

Practices

Computational Molecular Biology

248 Director, SBS


Page No.8

Annex EDC: PG AMB BOS DT: 12:06:2017






Note:


departments and is eligible to get 4 extra credits. This paper is offered as self study from

the 2015 batch onwards.

Par

t

Su

b c

od

e

Subject

Ins.

hrs

/ w

eek

Examinations

Du

r.

Exa

m

in h

rs

CIA

ES

E

Tot

al

mar

ks

Cre

dit

SEMESTER III


Total - - - - 100 4

249 Director, SBS


Page No.9



M.Sc., MICROBIOLOGY

MODULAR COURSE

Post-Graduate Diploma in Clinical Laboratory Technology (PG Dip. in CLT)


(*SS – Self study paper, T – Taught programme).

Par

t

Su

b c

ode

Subject

Ins.

hrs

/ se

m

Examinations

Du

r.

Exa

m

in

hrs

CIA

ES

E

Tot

al

mar

ks

Cre

dit

Module I – Paper I – Introduction

to Clinical Laboratory

Technology (T*) 30 1.5 10 40 50 2

Module I – Paper II – Techniques

in Clinical Laboratory

Technology (T*) 30 1.5 10 40 50 2

Module II – Paper I - Human

Physiology (SS*) 30 1.5 10 40 50 2

Module II – Paper II – Clinical

Biochemistry (T*) 30 1.5 10 40 50 2

Module II – Paper III – Clinical

Microbiology (T*) 30 1.5 10 40 50 2

Module III – Paper I –

Endocrinology and Tumour

markers (T*) 30 1.5 10 40 50 2

Module III – Paper II –

Immunology, Serology and

Parasitology (SS*) 30 1.5 10 40 50 2

Module III– Paper III – Molecular

Diagnostics (SS*) 30 1.5 10 40 50 2

Total 240 - - 400 16

250 Director, SBS


Page No.10

Note:

The student has to undergo compulsorily a PG Diploma course offered by the

department and the student is eligible to get 2 extra credits for each paper. This PG

Diploma course consists of module 1, 2 and 3. Module 1 consists of 2 papers, Module

2 consists of 3 papers and Module 3 consists of 3 papers. Total credits of the modular

course are 16. After the successful completion of the Module I, II and III, students are

eligible to get a PG Diploma in Clinical Laboratory Technology

Minimum 20 days of clinical laboratory training is compulsory during Ist and IInd year.


I 1st paper, 2nd paper

(Module 1) - teaching

1st paper (Module 2) –

Self Study

2nd paper (module 2) –

Teaching

Module 1 & 2

II 3rd paper (Module 2) –

teaching


teaching


Self Study


Self Study

Module 2 & 3

1. Upon completion of 60 hours in module – 1, the students are eligible to receive

“Certificate in Clinical Laboratory Technology” along with four extra credits.

2. Upon completion of 150 hours inclusive of module – 1 & 2, the students are eligible to

receive “Diploma in Clinical Laboratory Technology” along with two extra credits.

3. The PG students those who complete the module – 1 & 2 along with module – 3 with a

total of 90 hours are eligible to receive “Post-Graduate Diploma in Clinical

Laboratory Technology”.

4. The PG students those who have already completed the Module – 1 & 2 in their UG

stream can directly appear for module – 3 and upon completion are eligible to receive

“Post-Graduate Diploma in Clinical Laboratory Technology”.

5. Students will be eligible for credits only upon completion of entire module.

251 Director, SBS


Page No.11

6. Instructional hours for each paper shall comprise 20 contact hours, 2 hours for end

semester examination and 8 hours of activity which may include any of the following;

Case study/field visit/lab hours/industrial training.

7. For UG certificate and Diploma programme all the papers will have contact classes.

For PG Diploma, 1 paper will be contact and other 2 papers will be self-study.

252 Director, SBS


Page No.12

SEMESTER – I

COURSE: M.Sc., Applied Microbiology

SUBJECT TITLE: PAPER I: Fundamentals of Microbiology


COURSE OBJECTIVE

The paper will provide a basic understanding of microbes, their biology, and their importance

and describe basic concepts of microbiology. Impact/role of microorganism on life and

provide a foundation for later study in biological sciences.


CO1: Recall the important events occurred in the field of Microbiology. (K1)

CO2: Assess the phylogenetic relationship among the Microorganisms. (K5)

CO3: Understand the sterilization techniques and staining methods. (K2)

CO4: Describe the classification of Algae and Fungi. (K5)

CO5: Describe the Exploitation of Microbes. (K5)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

253 Director, SBS


Page No.13

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Historical developments of Microbiology: Contributions of Leeuwenhoek, John Needham,

Lazzaro Spallanzani, Theodar Schwann, John Tyndall, Louis Pasteur, Robert Koch,

Winogradsky, (Winogradsky column), Beijerinck and Joseph Lister.

UNIT-II

Microbial Taxonomy: Whittaker’s five kingdom approach. Major characteristics used in

taxonomy – Morphological, Physiological and Metabolic, Genetic and Molecular- Numerical

taxonomy. Bergey’s manual of systematic bacteriology – first and second edition - and its

importance.

UNIT-III

Techniques in Microbiology: Methods of Sterilization - Physical and chemical agents,

radiation & filtration, Microbiological media: Enriched medium, enrichment medium,

transport medium, selective medium & pure culture techniques. Staining techniques - Simple,

Differential, Spores and Capsule.

UNIT-IV

Outline classification of Fungi and Algae: General structure and characteristics and

lifecycle: Fungi – Ascomycetes (Saccharomyces) Zygomycetes (Rhizopus) and

Deuteromycetes (Aspergillus) and Basidiomycetes (Agaricus). Algae: Chlorophyta

(Chlamydomonas) Rhodophyta (Polysiphonia).

UNIT-V

Exploitation of Microbes by Human: Microbes as sources of protein (Agaricus &

Spirullina)–Biofertiliser (Rhizobium), Biopesticide (Bt), Antibiotics (Streptomycin),

recombinant vaccines (FMD vaccine & interferons).

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Microbiology. Prescott, L.M.; J.P. Harley and D.A.Klein. 1993. 2nd edition. Wm.c.

Brown publishers.

254 Director, SBS


Page No.14

2. Microbiology. Michael J. Pelczar JR.1993, Concepts and Applications McGraw-Hill.

Inc.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Microbiology. An introduction. Gerald J Tortora, Berdell R Funke, Christine L Case

(1995), 5th Edition; The Benjamin Cummings Publishing Co.Inc. USA.

2. Microbiology. Principles and Explorations. Jacquelyn G.Black (2008) 7th Edition;

John Wiley & Sons Pte. Ltd. Asia.

3. Biology of Microorganisms-Brock, TD. Smith D.W. and Madigan M.T. 1984.

4thedition.Englewood, cliffs. N.J. Prentice Hall.

4. Microbiology- Fundamentals and Applications. Ronald M.Atlas. 1989 II edition.



255 Director, SBS


Page No.15

SEMESTER – I


SUBJECT TITLE: Paper-II – Microbial Physiology and Metabolism


COURSE OBJECTIVE

This paper provides a thorough knowledge about structure and functions of microbial cells,

biomolecule production and its nutritional requirements. The major aim is to make the

students to gain knowledge about physiology of microorganisms and their energy production.


CO1: Understand the structure of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells and transport of molecules. (K2)

CO2: Define the nutrition and growth of microorganisms along with types of culture

techniques. (K1)

CO3: Comprehend the different metabolic pathways, catabolism of biomolecules and

anaerobic respiration. (K2)

CO4: Detailing on important biosynthetic pathways in microorganisms. (K1)

CO5: Describe on pathways and energy generation in photoautotrophs and other

extremophiles. (K5)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

256 Director, SBS


Page No.16

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Ultra structure of prokaryotic and Eukaryotic cells: Sub cellular structures – Cell wall,

Cell membrane, Cell envelope, Liposomes. Membrane transport: Diffusion, Active and

Passive transport, group translocation. Iron uptake and Sporogenesis.

UNIT-II

Nutrition and growth of microorganisms: Nutritional types of microorganisms, nutritional

requirements. Factors influencing the growth of microorganisms – Temperature, pH, Pressure

(Osmotic, Hydrostatic), nutrients, moisture and radiations. Physiology of growth–growth

curve and growth measurements. Types of culture techniques: Batch, Continuous,

Synchronous and Diauxic growth.

UNIT-III

Respiratory metabolism: EMP pathway, HMP Pathway, Entner-Doudoroff pathway,

Glyoxalate pathway, Krebs cycle- oxidative and substrate level phosphorylation, Electron

transport system and ATP production. Bioluminescence - Pasteur Effect; Fermentation of

carbohydrates-lactic acid,butyric acid and mixed acid. Lipid catabolism- oxidation and

αoxidation. Anaerobic respiration: Sulfur compounds, nitrate and CO2 as electron acceptors.

UNIT-IV

Biosynthesis of aspartate, pyruvate, histidine and serine amino acid families - purine and

pyrimidine nucleotides, salvage pathway- de novo pathway. Biosynthesis of fatty acids and

phospholipids. Biosynthesis of Gram positive and Gram negative cell wall.

UNIT-V

Photoautotrophs: Brief account of photosynthetic and accessory pigments-oxygenic-

anoxygenic photosynthesis autotrophic generation of ATP; fixation of CO2 - C3 pathway.

Chemolithotrophic metabolism: Iron, Hydrogen, Nitrogen and sulfur oxidations. General

account of Archaebacteria. Basic physiology of halophiles, thermophiles and methanogens.

TEXT BOOK:

1. Microbial Physiology - Albert G.Moat and John W.Foster. 1988. 4th ed. John Wiley

and sons.

257 Director, SBS


Page No.17

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Microbial physiology and Metabolism - Caldwell, D.R. 1995. Brown publishers

2. Chemical Microbiology: An introduction to Microbial physiology- Rose.A.H. 1986

Wiley and sons.

3. Bacterial Metabolism - GottsChalk, G .1986, 2nd edition, NY.

4. Bacterial Metabolism - Doelle.H.W.2005.2nd edition. Elsevier publications.


258 Director, SBS


Page No.18

SEMESTER – I


SUBJECT TITLE: Paper III - Food and Dairy Microbiology


COURSE OBJECTIVE

To impart knowledge on overview of food related microbes and its interaction with food as




CO1: Understand the basic Importance of studying Food and Dairy Microbiology. (K2)

CO2: Contamination and spoilage of foods and its control through preservation. (K5)

CO3: Exemplify the concepts of food borne diseases and detection methods. (K1)

CO4: Understanding the types of Food Fermentations and Introduction to Probiotics. (K2)

CO5: Explore the concepts of HACCP and its applications in food industry. (K3)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

259 Director, SBS


Page No.19

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Food and Dairy Microbiology: Food as a substrate for microorganisms-primary sources of

microorganisms in foods. Factors influencing microbial growth in foods- extrinsic and

intrinsic factors. Microorganisms important in Food Microbiology: Molds, Yeasts and

Bacteria- General Characteristics- Classification and importance.

UNIT-II

Contamination and spoilage: Cereals, vegetables and fruits, meat and meat products, Fish

and sea food - milk, Spoilage of canned foods. Principles of food preservation- Asepsis-

Removal of microorganisms, anaerobic conditions- High temperature- Low temperature -

Drying - Chemical preservatives (Benzoate, sugar and salt).

UNIT-III

Food borne diseases and microbial analysis in foods: Food borne infections and

intoxications (Bacterial and Fungal) - Botulism-Staphylococcal food poisoning-Salmnellosis,

Shigellosis, Aflatoxin, Patulin and Ochratoxin. Milk borne infection and intoxication -

Indicator organisms in food - Direct examination - microscopic culture techniques -direct

epifluorescent filter technique- enumeration methods - Viable & Total Count - Dye reduction

tests - Chemical methods- ATP bioluminescence and Radiometry- Immunological methods -

ELISA and RIA, Molecular methods – PCR.

UNIT-IV

Food fermentations: Microorganisms as food – Single cell protein – organisms as SCP –

production process– carbon substrates – SYMBA process, PRUTTEN process. Fermented

dairy products - Butter milk, Cream, Yoghurt, Kefir, Koumiss, Acidophilus milk and Cheese

production (Roquefort and Camembert). Food produced by microbes -Bread, Vinegar and

oriental fermented foods (Soy sauce, tempeh and miso). Introduction to Probiotics as foods-

therapeutic and nutritional value (Lactobacillus, Bifidobacterium).

UNIT-V

HACCP in Food Industry: Definition- principles of HACCP –Flow diagram development of

HACCP worksheet and plan form, HACCP audit in food processing plants, HACCP manual –

records for HACCP audit – formats for HACCP records –Applications and limitations of

HACCP.

260 Director, SBS


Page No.20

TEXT BOOKS

1. Food Microbiology. Adams MR and Moss MO, 2005, 1st Edition, Reprinted,

Published By New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers, New Delhi.

2. Food Microbiology. Frazier WC, Westhoff DC, 1988., TATA McGraw Hill.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Modern Food Microbiology. James M Jay, 2000. 4th Ed, CBS Publishers &


2. Basic Food Microbiology. Banwart GJ, 2004. 2nd Ed, CBS Publishers & Distributors,

New Delhi.


261 Director, SBS


Page No.21

SEMESTER – I

COURSE: M. Sc., Applied Microbiology

PAPER TITLE: Paper IV - Molecular Genetics


COURSE OBJECTIVES

To Demonstrate in-depth knowledge of what genes are and how they work; clarify the

mechanisms for the flow of information from genes to proteins, and how these processes are

regulated.


CO1: Demonstrate the molecular machinery of living cells. (K3)

CO2: Describe the process of transcription in Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes. (K1)

CO3: Understand the regulation of gene expression in Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes. (K2)

CO4: Illustrate the mechanism of gene mapping. (K2)

CO5: Describe and identify the mechanism of mutations and its repair. (K1)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

262 Director, SBS


Page No.22

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Genes and Chromosomes: Mendelian principles, organization of genes, DNA Chemistry &

Structure, Physical and chemical properties of DNA, forms of DNA, DNA Replication

(Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes) - enzymes of replication, semi-conservative model of

replication, theta and rolling circle replication.

UNIT-II

Processing of genetic information: Non-coding RNA – Small, long and circular,

Transcription in prokaryotes and eukaryotes.RNA polymerases (RNAP I, II & III) - inhibitors

of RNAP. Post transcriptional modifications (for all types of RNA) - Capping,

polyadenylation and splicing mechanism, Transcriptional control of gene expression

(promoters, enhancers and CpG islands).

UNIT-III

Gene expression and regulation: Genetic code – Basic Features: Codons, Anticodons,

Universality, Overlapping, Non-overlapping and Redundancy. Translation (initiation,

elongation and termination & factors responsible), post-translational modifications,

Regulation of gene expression (lac and trp operon).

UNIT-IV

Mechanism of genetic exchange: Transformation- competence factors- mechanism of DNA

uptake, transduction- generalized (P1) and specialized (lambda), mapping by co-transduction

frequency, conjugation- F plasmid- F’- Hfr mapping- mapping of unselective recessive

markers, transposons (Tn10 and retrotransposons), genetic recombination.

UNIT-V

Mutation & Genetic disorders: Spontaneous- transition, transversion, missense, non-sense,

and frame shift mutations, Mutagens- physical and chemical- survival curve, mechanism of

repair- light and dark mechanism, SOS. Genetic disorders – β-thalassemia, Sickle cell anemia,

and Down syndrome. Cancer genetics: Loss of cell cycle control, oncogenes, tumor

suppressor genes and apoptosis. Abnormalities in DNA repair mechanisms.

263 Director, SBS


Page No.23

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Principles of Genetics. Gardner (2001), John Wiley & Sons Inc, New York

2. Principles of Genetics. Robert Tamarin, (1996) 5thEdition.WMC Brown publication,

Boston.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. DNA Structure and Function - Richard R. Sinden, (2012), Academic Press.

2. DNA Replication- Arthur Kornberg, 2nd Ed, (2005), University Science Books.

3. Genes IX - Benjamin Lewin, (2007), Jones & Bartlett Learning, New Jersey.

4. Molecular Cell Biology - Harvey Lodish, Arnold Berk, Paul Matsudaira, Chris A. Kaiser,

Monty Krieger, Matthew P. Scott, Lawrence Zipursky, and James Darnell, 8th edition (2016),

Published by W.H freeman and Company, New York.

5. Molecular Biology of the Gene. James D. Watson, Tania A. Baker, Stephen P. Bell&

Alexander Gann, 7th edition (2010), Published by Pearson Education PVT, Ltd. Singapore..

6. Microbial genetics by Stanley R Maloy, (1994), Jones and Bartlett Publishers.


264 Director, SBS


Page No.24

SEMESTER – I


SUBJECT TITLE: Practical-I – Microbial physiology, Molecular genetics and Food

Microbiology


COURSE OBJECTIVE

To divulge knowledge on the practical aspects on fundamentals, physiology of

microorganisms such as growth of microbes and their identification along with genetics of

microbes, quality features of food and dairy products.


CO1: Comprehend the basics of microbiology such as sterilization, media preparation,

isolation and differentiation of microorganisms. (K2)

CO2: Illustrate knowledge on isolation of anaerobes and to determine the growth of

microorganisms along with their identification by biochemical tests. (K2)

CO3: Understand the isolation of microorganisms responsible for food spoilage and to assess

the quality of milk. (K2)

CO4: Instantiate knowledge on the process of mutagenesis and operon system. (K2)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CIA – 40

ESE – 60

265 Director, SBS


Page No.25

Fundamentals of Microbiology

1. Sterilization – principles and applications.

2. Media preparation – Liquid and solid media, agar deep, slant and plate.

3. Pure culture techniques – streak plate, pour plate and spread plate.

4. Motility determination – SIM and hanging drop method.

5. Enumeration of microorganisms – bacteria, actinomycetes and fungi from soil.

6. Staining techniques – simple, differential, spore, negative and acid fast staining.

7. Lactophenol cotton blue mounting for identification of fungal morphology.

Microbial Physiology

8. Measurement of microbial growth and determination of generation time – Turbidimetric

method for bacteria.

9. Anaerobic culture technique – Wright’s tube method and McIntosh anaerobic jar

Method.

10. Biochemical characteristics of microorganisms

Indole test

Methyl red test

Voges-Proskauer test

Citrate utilisation test

Oxidase test

Catalase test

Urease test

Nitrate reduction test

Carbohydrate fermentation test (Glu, Suc, Lac and Mannitol) and TSI test

Food and Dairy Microbiology

11. Determination of milk quality – MBRT.

12. Isolation and enumeration of microorganisms from spoiled food – (Bacteria & Fungi).

266 Director, SBS


Page No.26

Molecular Genetics

13. Induced Mutagenesis – physical method.

14. Induction of lac operon (ONPG).

REFERENCES:

1. Experiments in Microbiology, Plant Pathology and Biotechnology – Aneja, K.R.

2005, 5th Edition. NAI Publishers.

2. Microbiology – A lab Manual. Cappuccino, Sherman, 2008, 6th Edition. Pearson

Education.

3. Microbiology – Practical Lab Manual. Kannan. K, 2002, Palani Paramount

Publishers.


PEDAGOGY: Chalk and talk, OHP, PPT, Demonstration

267 Director, SBS


Page No.27

SEMESTER – I


SUBJECT TITLE: Paper VIII: Bioethics, Biosafety, TQM and IPR


COURSE OBJECTIVES

To provide basic concepts and importance of bioethics and biosafety, TQM and IPR


CO1: Demonstrate Ethics and Ethical issues in GMO’s. (K3)

CO2: Describe the Biosafety levels of microbes, plants and animals. (K1)

CO3: Understand the Trade Quality Management. (K2)

CO4: Illustrate the IPR. (K2)

CO5: Describe the concepts of Plant breeding and its rights for protection. (K1)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

268 Director, SBS


Page No.28

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Bioethics in plant and animal genetic engineering & transgenics - Ethics of genetically

modified microbes, ethics in genetically modified food, ethical issues in human

biotechnology, ethics in stem cell research, gene therapy and biowarfare.

UNIT-II

Biosafety guidelines in India and international level, physical and biological containment,

biosafety levels for microbes, plants and animals, risk assessment and management of

laboratory research, risk assessment of biotechnological products, field trials with genetically

modified plants, planned introduction of genetically engineered microbes.

UNIT-III

Principles of TQM, Tools, steps, techniques and methods for TQM (Six sigma, charts,

Ishikawa diagram, tree diagram, RCA and PDCA cycle), Requirements for supplementing

TQM - steps for supplementing TQM - questionnaire - assessment through questionnaire,

mission statement, benefits of TQM, check list for implementing TQM, Case study.

UNIT-IV

Intellectual property rights- protection of biotechnological inventions, patents- types,

patenting of genes, biological organisms, plants, animals, microbes and transgenic organisms,

trade secrets, copyright, World Intellectual Property Rights organization (WIPO), GATT

(General agreement of tariff and trade), biodiversity bill of India.

UNIT-V

IPR for plant breeding-plant variety protection in India, plant breeder’s rights, farmer’s rights,

protection & implementation of plant varieties, farmer’s rights act, national gene fund,

Benefits of PBR, mechanism involved in terminator technology for seed protection,

technology for pure lines & hybrid seed protection, traitor technology.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Intellectual Property Rights. Radhakrishnan R. and Balasubramanian, S. Excel

Books, I ed., 2008.

269 Director, SBS


Page No.29

2. Handbook of Indian Patent Law and Practice, Subbaram N. R.,S. Viswanathan

(Printers and Publishers) Pvt. Ltd., I ed., 1998.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Bioethics and Biosafety in Biotechnology, Sree Krishna, V, New Age International

Publishers, I ed., 2007.

2. Technology Transfer, Goel Cohen, Sage Publications, 2004.

3. Twelve management skills for success- Ram Narain, Viva books private limited,

Chennai.

4. Across functional perspectives of TQM. Rao, Carr, Dambolena and Kopp. John wiley

and sons, Newyork, 1996.

5. Ethics in engineering, Martin. M.W. and Schinzinger.R. 3rd Ed, Tata McGraw-Hill,

New Delhi. 2003.

6. Biosafety issues related to transgenic crops, DBT guidelines, Biotech Consortium

India Limited, New Delhi, 2005.


270 Director, SBS


Page No.30

SEMESTER – I


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective I- Group B: Quality Assessment in Pharmaceuticals

Total teaching hours/week: 5 Hrs

COURSE OBJECTIVE


assurance, the methodology necessary to establish and implement quality assurance program

for a manufacturing plant with good manufacturing practices.


CO1: Understand different types of antimicrobial drugs and its action. (K2)

CO2: Develop knowledge on microbial spoilage and sterile pharmaceutical products. (K6)

CO3: Comprehend the concepts of sterilization control and methods of sterility testing. (K2)

CO4: Identify criteria for qualified personnel, safety and identification methods along with


CO5: Explore the perceptions on validation methods, regulatory requirements and auditing in

pharmaceutical industry. (K3)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO2

CO3

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

271 Director, SBS


Page No.31

CONTENTS

UNIT-I





UNIT-II



pharmaceutical products – injections, Non injectable sterile fluids, ophthalmic preparations,

dressings and implants.

UNIT-III

Sterilization control - methods of sterility testing- sterilization monitors and Quality assurance

of products. The microbiological quality and regulatory requirements for natural and

nutraceutical products, The regulatory control and quality assurance of immunological



UNIT-IV

The role of the Qualified Person in microbiological quality assurance, Safety in microbiology,

Rapid enumeration and identification methods, Selection and use of cleaning and disinfection

agents in pharmaceutical manufacturing, Prevention and elimination of microbial biofilms in

the manufacturing environment using Clean-in-Place, Cleanroom design, operation and

regulatory standards.

UNIT-V






272 Director, SBS


Page No.32

TEXT BOOKS:



Oxford.

REFERENCE BOOKS:


2. The basic science of gene therapy - Richard C. Mulligan (1993) American



Press.



273 Director, SBS


Page No.33

SEMESTER – I


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective I- Group C: Basic Biological Sciences


COURSE OBJECTIVE

This paper provides a thorough knowledge about structure and function of cells, cellular

energetic, protein trafficking and cellular development. Understanding the structural and

functional aspects of the cell provide the student with a strong foundation in the molecular

mechanisms underlying cellular function.


CO1: Understand structure/function of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells and their intracellular

organelles. (K2)

CO2: Develop knowledge on basic composition and association of various biomolecules. (K6)

CO3: Comprehend the physiology of microbes, animals and plants. (K2)

CO4: Gain insights on qualified personnel, safety and identification methods along with


CO5: Appreciate views on origin and evolution of different life forms. (K4)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

274 Director, SBS


Page No.34

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Cell Biology: Structure and function of cells and intracellular organelles (of both prokaryotes

and eukaryotes), mechanism of cell division including (mitosis and meiosis) and cell

differentiation: Cell-cell interaction; Dosage compensation and mechanism of sex

determination.

UNIT-II

Biochemistry: Structure of atoms, molecules and chemical bonds; Principles of physical

chemistry: Thermodynamics, Kinetics, dissociation and association constants; Nucleic acid

structure, genetic code, replication, transcription and translation: Structure, function and

metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins; Enzymes and coenzyme; Respiration and

photosynthesis.

UNIT-III

Physiology: Response to stress: Active transport across membranes; Plant and animal

hormones: Nutrition (including vitamins); Reproduction in plants, microbes and animals.

UNIT-IV

Evolutionary Biology: Origin of life (including aspects of prebiotic environment and

molecular evolution); Concepts of evolution; Theories of organic evolution; Mechanisms of

speciation; Hardyweinberg genetic equilibrium, genetic polymorphism and selection; Origin

and evolution of economically important microbes, plants and animals.

UNIT-V

Environmental Biology: Concept and dynamics or ecosystem, components, food chain and

energy flow, productivity and biogeochemical cycles; Types of ecosystems, Population

ecology and biological control; Community structure and organisation; Environmental

pollution; Sustainable development; Economic importance of microbes, plants and animals.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Cell Biology, Genetics, Molecular Biology, Evolution and Ecology – P S Verma &

VK Agarwal., 2004 S. Chand & Sons. Ltd., New Delhi.

275 Director, SBS


Page No.35

2. Fundamental Processes in Ecology. 2007. Wilkenson DM.

3. Terrestrial Ecosystems - Aber J.D. & Melillo J M. 1991

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Economic Zoology - Manju Yadav. Discovery publishing house, New Delhi.

2. Phycology - Lee R E., 1999.


276 Director, SBS


Page No.36

SEMESTER – II


SUBJECT TILTLE: Paper-V: Microbial Techniques


COURSE OBJECTIVE

By learning students can acquire the basic working principle and other instrumentation

aspects of various advanced analytical instruments used in various fields of microbiology.

Analyzing the microbial biomolecules for pathogen identification to improve the quality and

precision of microbial diagnostic techniques.

COURSE OUTCOME AND ITS COMPETENCY LEVEL

CO1: Review the concepts of basic type of microscopes and also to evaluate the efficiency of

new and advanced microscopic types in analyzing the nano-size based aspects of microbes

and the application of microbial products in various scientific fields. (K2)

CO2: Understanding the advanced and basic types of spectroscopic types for microbial

product analysis and exploring their working principle. (K2)

CO3: Analyzing the microbial biomolecules using molecular techniques can help the students

to understand the microbial living system better. (K4)

CO4: Evaluate the pathogenic nature of microbes using their nucleic acid content which can

help the man kind to be secure from pathogens present in their basic needs like water and

food. (K5)

CO5: Molecular differential diagnosis, the growing modernized diagnostic technique can be

understood by students and the basic needs for installing molecular differential diagnostic

laboratory is also described to the students. (K2)

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

277 Director, SBS


Page No.37


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Microscopy: Basic principle and applications of high resolution-TEM (HRTEM), atomic

force microscopy, scanning tunneling microscopy, energy dispersive x-ray analysis.

UNIT-II

Spectroscopy: Basic principle and applications of Raman spectroscopy, IR spectroscopy, X-

ray photoelectron spectroscopy, FTIR, wide-angle X-ray diffraction spectroscopy, photon

correlation spectroscopy.

UNIT-III

Molecular detection and identification of microbes-I: Restriction endonuclease analysis -

pulse field gel electrophoresis (PFGE), denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (DGGE),

amplified fragment length polymorphism (AFLP), terminal restriction fragment length

polymorphism (T-RFLP), capillary electrophoresis single-strand confirmation polymorphism

(CESSCP), Metagenomics.

UNIT-IV

Molecular detection and identification of microbes-II: Biosensors-detection of bacterial

UTI using electrochemical DNA biosensors, HIV detection using surface plasmon resonance

(SPR)-based optical techniques, light-addressable potentiometric sensor (LAPS) for food-

278 Director, SBS


Page No.38

borne pathogen detection. Flow cytometry in microbiology, microarrays, catalysed reporter

deposition-fluorescence in situ hybridization (CARD-FISH).

UNIT-V

Molecular diagnostic techniques: Rapid antigen testing – Lateral flow immuno-

chromatography, molecular diagnosis of STD - probe hybridization, gene amplification, ligase

chain reaction (LCR), strand displacement amplification. Molecular diagnosis of drug

resistant microbes – Mycobacterium tuberculosis and MRSA, VISA, VRSA, Molecular

differential diagnosis (MDD) of infectious diseases.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Microbiology. Prescott, L.M.; J.P. Harley and D.A.Klein. 1993. 2nd edition. Wm.c.

Brown publishers.

2. Microbiology. Michael J. Pelczar JR.1993, Concepts and Applications McGraw-Hill.

Inc.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Advanced techniques in Diagnostic Microbiology-Yi-Wei Tang, Charles W.

Straston, 2006, Springer.

2. Biomedical Nanostructures-Kenneth, E.,Gonsalves, Cato, L., Laurencin, Craig, R.,

Halberstadt, Lakshmi S. Nair, 2008 JohnWiley&Sons, Inc.

3. Practical Biochemistry Principles and Techniques-Wilson K, Walker J. 1995.

Cambridge University Press.

PEDAGOGY: This subject can be taught using chalk and talk method, over-head projector

usage, power point slides presentation using LCD projector.

279 Director, SBS


Page No.39

SEMESTER – II


SUBJECT TITLE: Paper VI - Industrial Microbiology


COURSE OBJECTIVE

This paper provides a broad knowledge in the field of industrial Microbiology and its

processes involved in variety of industries. To elaborate the students on the fundamentals of

upstream and downstream processing and production of microbial products of commercial

importance.


CO1: Understand the screening and strain improvement of industrially important

microorganisms. (K2)

CO2: Recognize knowledge on fermentors, basic parts, types and its functioning. (K2)

CO3: Appraise insights on steps involved in upstream process and different types of

fermentation. (K5)

CO4: Summarize knowledge on the downstream processes involved in recovery and

purification of fermentation products. (K2)

CO5: Comprehend the steps followed in production of commercially important microbial

products. (K2)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

280 Director, SBS


Page No.40

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

General concepts of Industrial microbiology: Isolation of industrially important

microorganisms – Screening of microorganisms for industrial products (Primary and

Secondary) Characteristics of industrially important microbes. Strain development strategies –

natural variants, mutation and recombination. Immobilization of cells. Preservation of

microorganisms for industrial products.

UNIT-II

Fermentors and its functions: Basic components – asepsis and containment requirements –

temperature control – aeration and agitation systems – mass transfer of oxygen. Concepts of

newtonian and non–newtonian fluids – sterilization of fermenter, air supply and medium;

aseptic inoculation methods – sampling methods. Types of fermentor: – Cylindroconical,

airlift, deepjet, fluidised bed tower and cyclone.

UNIT-III

Fermentation systems: Upstream processing – Media formulation – Antifioam agents –

Development of inocula for bacterial and mycelial fermentation. Types of fermentation –

Submerged and solid state fermentation. Fermentation systems – Batch, Fed batch and

continuous. Scale up of fermentation processes.

UNIT-IV

Downstream processing: Recovery and purification of fermentation products – precipitation

methods – filtration devices and filter aids – centrifugation – cell disruption methods – liquid–

liquid extraction – solvent recovery – chromatography – two–phase aqueous extraction –

super– critical fluid extraction – ultrafiltration – crystallisation, whole broth processing and

lyophilisation.

UNIT-V

Production of microbial products: Organic acids – citric acid, lactic acid and acetic acid.

Amino acids – glutamic acid and lysine. Alcohols and beverages – ethanol, butanol, beer and

wine. Enzymes – proteases, amylases, lipases. Antibiotics – penicillin and streptomycin. (any

one anti-fungal antibiotic)

281 Director, SBS


Page No.41

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Industrial Microbiology. Patel AH. (2005). Macmillan India Ltd. New Delhi.

2. Industrial Microbiology. LE Casida, Jr. (2005). New Age International (p) Ltd. New

Delhi.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Industrial Microbiology. Samuel C Presscott and Ceril G Dunn. (2005). Agrobios


2. Microbial Technology. H. J. Peppler and D. Perlman. (2004). 2nd edition, Academic

press.

3. Principles of Fermentation technology. Stanbury PF, A Whitaker and SJ Hall 1997.

2nd edition, Pergamon press.


282 Director, SBS


Page No.42

SEMESTER – II


SUBJECT TITLE: Paper VII - Recombinant DNA Technology


COURSE OBJECTIVE

To provide the students about the basic steps in cloning, the enzymes used and the screening

techniques followed in the Recombinant DNA Technology.


CO1: Understand the enzymes and the prokaryotic vectors which are useful in cloning (K2).

CO2: Understand the use and properties of eukaryotic vectors. Also able to understand the

different methods used for screening of the recombinant clones (K2).

CO3: Understand the sequencing techniques, construction of libraries, and DNA

amplification techniques (K2).

CO4: Understand the use of site directed mutagenesis and the use of DNA in diagnosis of

genetic disorder and infectious disease (K2).

CO5: Understand the methods for creating transgenic plants, animals and microbes (K2).


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

283 Director, SBS


Page No.43

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Gene cloning: Basic steps in cloning, Gene analysis techniques: Isolation of DNA and RNA.

Enzymes used in gene manipulation- Restriction enzymes, Reverse transcriptase, End

modifying enzymes, Methylases, Ligation- DNA ligases, use of linkers & adaptors.

Vectors: Prokaryotic vectors: Plasmid as cloning vectors – Features, pBR322, pUC,

Bacteriophage vectors-λ (insertional and replacement vectors), M13, Cosmids, Phagemids,

Phasmids and BAC.

UNIT-II

Eukaryotic vectors: Yeast Vectors-Yeast integrative vectors, YAC. Animal vectors-SV40,

Retroviral vectors, Plant vectors- Ti Plasmid, plant viral vectors. Specialized vectors-

Expression vectors, Shuttle vectors. Gene Transfer Methods, Selection and Analysis of

recombinant Clones- Direct screening – insertional inactivation and visual screening. Indirect

screening – Nucleic acid blotting (Northern and Southern), Colony, Plaque and Dot blot

hybridization, immunoscreening.

UNIT-III

Construction of Genomic and cDNA Libraries- Strategies for construction of genomic

libraries, Mapping techniques- Chromosome walking and jumping, Restriction mapping-

RFLP, RAPD. DNA sequencing– Maxam and Gilbert method, Sanger’s method. PCR-

Principle, types and Applications.

UNIT-IV

Site directed mutagenesis- Methods, Screening of recombinants for SDM by SSCP and

heteroduplex analysis, DNA foot printing and finger printing, Nucleic acid micro arrays-

Affimetrix®. DNA based diagnosis of genetic disorders- Cystic fibrosis, Diagnosis of

Infectious diseases using DNA- Tuberculosis, Gene therapy- types, strategies and

applications.

UNIT-V

Engineering Genes: Engineering microbes - Insulin production in E. coli, Production of

Vaccines for Hepatitis B Virus using yeast. Engineering plants - Delayed ripening, Pathogen

(insect) resistance. Engineering animals - Tissue plasminogen activator production, embryonic

284 Director, SBS


Page No.44

stem cells and nuclear transfer methods. Applications of Transgenesis- Transgenic microbes

as biopesticides, transgenic cattle - increased milk production, transgenic fish - improving

growth rate, transgenic sheep - enhanced wool production.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Gene cloning - An introduction. T. A. Brown, 3rd edition, (1995), Stanley Thomas

publications limited.

2. Principles of Gene Manipulation and Genomics. S.M. Primrose and R.M Twyman,

7th edition, (2006), Blackwell Publishing, Australia.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. From Genes to Clones. Ernst. L. Winnacker, 22nd edition, (2003), Panima publishing

Corporation, New Delhi

2. Genes VIII. Benjamin Lewin (2003), Pearson Education Corporation, New Jersy.

3. Essentials of Molecular Biology. Freifelder, George M. Malacinski, 4th Edition,

(2008), Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi.

4. Recombinant DNA technology. J.D. Watson, 2nd edition, (2001), WH Freeman and

Company, New York.

5. Molecular Biotechnology. Glick and Pasternak (1996), Panima Publishing


6. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual. Sambrook J, Fritsch EF, and Maniatis T

(2000), Coldspring Harbor Laboratory Press, New York.


285 Director, SBS


Page No.45

SEMESTER – II


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective I: Group A: Research Methodology and Bioanalytical

Techniques

Number of Hours/Week: 5 Hrs

COURSE OBJECTIVE

To impart knowledge about basics of research methodology, principles and applications of

different instruments, use of statistics in research, understand concepts to handle basic

instruments.


CO1: Understand the basics of research methodology. (K2)

CO2: Develop knowledge on collection, classification and tabulation of data. (K6)

CO3: Exemplify the concepts of Sampling distribution. (K1)

CO4: Determining views on Microscopy, Spectroscopy and Chromatography. (K4)

CO5: Explore the concepts of different instrumental techniques. (K3)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

286 Director, SBS


Page No.46

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Introduction to research methodology: Defining the research problem, significance of

research, Stages in research - formulation of hypothesis, objectives of research,

experimental/research design, literature collection, literature citation, investigation, data

collection and analysis, research report, format of thesis, manuscript/research article.

Interpretation and report writing and bibliography.

UNIT-II

Organizing a statistical survey - Planning and execution; Source of data - Primary and

secondary data; Data Collection - methods; Classification and tabulation of data;

Diagrammatic & graphical representation of data. Sampling methods; size of sample.

Measures of central tendency: arithmetic mean, median, mode, quartiles, deciles and

percentiles. Measures of variation: standard deviation. Correlation analysis: Scatter diagram,

Karl Pearson's coefficient of correlation and Spearman's rank method. Regression analysis.

UNIT-III

Sampling distribution and test of significance - Null and alternate hypothesis; Testing of

hypothesis; errors in hypothesis testing; standard error and sampling distribution; sampling of

variables (large samples and small samples). Students’‘t’ test. Chi - square test and goodness

of fit. Analysis of variance: one way and two-way classification, Duncan’s Multiple Range

Test.

UNIT-IV

Methods in Microscopy: Principle and applications of Light, fluorescence, phase contrast,

Confocal, electron microscopy and scanning tunnelling microscopy. Spectrometry and

Spectroscopy: Colorimetry, UV-Visible, Principle of IR and atomic absorption spectroscopy.

Chromatography - Principle and applications: Paper, Thin layer, Ion exchange, Gel filtration,

Affinity, GC, HPLC, GC-MS and LC-MS.

UNIT-V

Centrifugation: Principle and types of centrifugation. Electrophoretic techniques: Agarose,

PAGE, isoelectric focusing and 2D gel electrophoresis, Southern, Northern and Western

blotting techniques. Radiolabeling techniques: An overview of radioisotopes used in biology,

287 Director, SBS


Page No.47

their detection and measurement; molecular imaging of radioactive material and safety

guidelines.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Research Methodology, Methods and techniques. C. R. Kothari, New Age

publication

2. Statistical Methods. S.P. Gupta, Sulthan Chand & Sons

3. Principles & Techniques of Practical Biochemistry. Keith Wilson, Kenneth H.

Goulding, Cambridge University Press.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Instrumental methods of chemical analysis. B. K. Sharma, 11th edition, Blackwell

publications.

2. Statistical Methods. Stephen W. Looney (Humana publications).

3. Biostatistics: A Methodology for the Health Sciences. Gerald Van belle, 2nd Edition,

Wiley – Interscience publication.


288 Director, SBS


Page No.48

SEMESTER – II


SUBJECT TITLE: PRACTICALS-II – Microbial Techniques, Industrial Microbiology

and Recombinant DNA Technology


COURSE OBJECTIVE

This subject provides an overview of instruments, its working principle and operation of the

instruments along with the application in the field of microbiology and its laboratory

techniques. It also covers the fundamental aspects and principles of microbial analysis

including their usefulness in industrial and molecular biology. Students would be aware of

handling the microbes, analyzing and producing product using the microbial isolates.


CO1: Demonstrate the analytical techniques for amino acids, carbohydrates and protein. (K3)

CO2: Describe the process of production of alcoholic beverages and enzymes. (K5)

CO3: Understand the production process for antibiotics and organic acids. (K2)

CO4: Illustrate various nucleic acid methods. (K2)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CIA – 40

ESE – 60

289 Director, SBS


Page No.49

CONTENTS

Microbial Techniques:

1. Chromatographic techniques: Paper, TLC.

2. Estimation of sugar by DNSA method.

3. Estimation of protein –Lowry et al., method.

Industrial Microbiology:

1. Wine production and analysis of sugar and alcohol content

2. Production of extracellular enzyme by submerged fermentation

a. Protease

b. Amylase

3. Water quality test-MPN and Membrane Filtration.

4. Production and quantification of Antibiotics-Penicillin.

5. Production of citric acid

6. Analysis of Penicillin activity against bacterial strains.

Recombinant DNA Technology:

7. Isolation of nucleic acid from bacteria.

8. Isolation of bacterial plasmids.

9. Restriction digestion of bacterial DNA

10. Ligation of restricted bacterial DNA

11. Southern blotting for DNA (DEMO)

12. Transformation

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual - Sambrook, J, Fritsch, EF and Maniatis

(2000), Coldspring Harbour Laboratory Press, New York.

2. Experiments in Microbiology, Plant pathology & Biotechnology - Aneja,K.R.

(2005), 5thed. NAI Publications.

290 Director, SBS


Page No.50

3. Microbiology, A lab manual - Cappuccino, Sherman (2008), 6th ed. Pearson

Education.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Practical Biochemistry Principles and Techniques- Wilson K, Walker J. (1995),

Cambridge University Press.

2. Advanced techniques in Diagnostic Microbiology- Yi-Wei Tang, Charles W.

Straston, (2006), Springer.

3. Genetic analysis of pathogenic bacteria – Stanley R. Maloy, Vally J. Stewart,

Ronald K. Taylor (1996), Coldspring Harbour Lab Press


291 Director, SBS


Page No.51

SEMESTER – II

COURSE: M.Sc., Applied Microbiology,

SUBJECT TITLE: Elective II: Bioinformatics


COURSE OBJECTIVE

To impart knowledge about various tools in bioinformatics, understand basic concepts to

determine the alignment between the sequences and to enable the students to learn the basic

computational skills in bioinformatics-sequence analysis.


CO1: Understand the basic bioinformatics concepts. (K2)

CO2: Develop knowledge on biological databases. (K6)

CO3: Exemplify the concepts of file format, data storage and retrieval in bioinformatics. (K2)

CO4: Determining views on sequence alignment and how structure can be visualized. (K4)

CO5: Explore the concepts of drug discovery, SNPs and molecular docking studies in

bioinformatics. (K6)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

292 Director, SBS


Page No.52

CONTENTS

UNIT-I


molecular biology. Scope of Bioinformatics, Bioinformatics and Internet, Useful

Bioinformatics sites on WWW, Introduction to single letter code of aminoacids, Symbols used

in nucleotides, Data retrieval- Entrez and SRS. Tools in Bioinformatics (FASTA, BLAST,

BLAT, RASMOL), databases (GENBANK, Pubmed, PDB). Applications of Bioinformatics.

UNIT-II

Biological Database: Types, introduction of Biological Databases: Nucleic acid databases

(NCBI, DDBJ and EMBL). Protein databases (Primary, Composite and Secondary).

Carbohydrate databases. Specialized Genome databases: (SGD, TIGR and ACeDB). Structure

databases (CATH, SCOP and PDB). Ligand Databases: (Chembank and Ligand Explorer).

Sequence retrieval (Demo).

UNIT-III

Data storage, retrieval, and interoperability: Flat files, relational, object oriented databases

and controlled vocabularies. File Format- (Genbank, DDBJ, FASTA, PDB, SwissProt).

Importance of PERL and PHYTHON (BIOPHYTHON).

UNIT-IV

Sequence Alignments and Visualization: Introduction to Sequences, Alignments and

Dynamic Programming: Local alignment and Global alignment (algorithm and example),

Pairwise alignment - BLAST (Demo) and FASTA Algorithm; Multiple sequence alignment -

Clustal W algorithm (Demo) and Phylogenetics (Building Phylogenetic trees) (Demo). 3D

structure viewers – Rasmol (Demo), SPDBv, Chime, Cn3D and PyMol.

UNIT-V

Introduction to Drug discovery: Introduction: Areas influencing drug discovery, ADME

properties, Molecular Docking, Pharmacogenetics and Pharmacogenomics applications,

Analysis of Single Nucleotide Polymorphisms, an important parameters in drug discovery.

293 Director, SBS


Page No.53

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Bioinformatics methods and applications: Rastogi.S.C et al., 1993. Prentice Hall of

India Pvt Ltd, NewDelhi, 4th ed., India.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Bioinformatics: A Practical Guide to the Analysis of Genes and Proteins. Andreas

D. Baxevanis (Editor) and B.F. Francis Ouellete (Editor). Third Edition.

2. Bioinformatics Sequence and Genome Analysis, 2004. David W. Mount, 2nd

Edition.

3. Trends in bioinformatics, 2006. Dr. P. Shanmugavel, Pointer publishes, Jaipur.

4. Principles of Bioinformatics, 2005. Dr. P. Shanmugavel, Pointer publishes, Jaipur.

5. Introduction to Bioinformatics, Attwood A.T and D.J Parry-smith, Pearson

education ltd.


294 Director, SBS


Page No.54

SEMESTER – II


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective II- Group B: Communicable and Non-communicable

Diseases


COURSE OBJECTIVE

This paper deals with the different types of diseases that are communicable and non

communicable. In addition, this field of science studies various clinical applications of

microbes for the improvement of health and on the aspects of the interrelationship between

infectious agents and their hosts. On successful completion of the subject, the student will

know about the mechanism of infection and its types.


CO1: Detailed account on respiratory tract infections. (K1)

CO2: Understandings on intestinal infections. (K2)

CO3: Comprehend the types of vector borne infections. (K2)

CO4: Defining the views on mycological infections. (K1)

CO5: Understand the concepts of non-communicable diseases. (K2)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

295 Director, SBS


Page No.55

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Respiratory infections – Influenza, Mumps, Measles, Rubella, Acute respiratory infections

and TB.

UNIT-II

Intestinal infections – Polio, Cholera, Acute diarrhea diseases, Food poisoning, Typhoid,

Amoebiasis Ascariasis, Hook worm, Tapeworm, Pinworm infections.

UNIT-III

Vector borne Infections – Leprosy, STD – AIDS – Diagnostic Techniques and Treatment.

UNIT-IV

Superficial mycoses – Dermatophytoses – Opportunistic fungal infections – Candidiasis –

Diagnostics Techniques and Treatment.

UNIT-V

Non-communicable diseases – Hyper Tension – Diabetes – Coronary Heart diseases – Cancer,

Obesity, Blindness, Accidents – Preventive measures.

TEXT BOOKS:


(2005) 7th edition.Orient Longman Pvt., Ltd.

2. Textbook of Medical parasitology – Subash Chandra Parija, 2nd edition. All India


REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Medical Microbiology – Jawetz, MelnickandAdelberg’s (2001). 22nd edition.

McGraw Hill Medical Publication Division.

2. Medical Microbiology – David Greenwood. Richard Slack and John Peutherer (2000)

15th ed. ChurchHill Living stone Publication.

3. Medical Parasitology – Chatterjee K.D. (2007). 7th edition.

296 Director, SBS


Page No.56

4. Medical Microbiology – Patric R. Murray (1990) Mosby Publications.




297 Director, SBS


Page No.57

SEMESTER – II

COURSE: M.Sc. Applied Microbiology

SUBJECT TITLE: Elective II- Group C: Biophysics and Biochemistry


COURSE OBJECTIVE

This paper provides a thorough knowledge about the basic biophysical and biochemical

techniques involved in the field of biological sciences. Students after completion of this paper

will be learning on the methods used for the analysis of biomolecules.


CO1: Detailed account on principles of biophysical methods. (K2)

CO2: Insights on principles of nucleic acid techniques. (K2)

CO3: Comprehend the techniques involving radioactive isotopes. (K2)

CO4: Defining the views on metabolism and catabolism of sugars, amino acids, lipids, fatty

acids and sterols. (K1)

CO5: Understand the molecular aspects of cancer. (K2)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

298 Director, SBS


Page No.58

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Principles of biophysical methods used for analysis of biopolymer structure, X-ray diffraction,

Hydrodynamic methods; plasma emission spectroscopy.

UNIT-II

Principles and techniques of nucleic acid hybridization and Cot curves; Sequencing of

Proteins and nucleic acids; Methods for measuring nucleic acid and protein interactions.

Structural polymorphism of DNA, RNA and three dimensional structure of tRNA.

UNIT-III

Principles and applications of tracer techniques in biology; Radiation dosimetry; Radioactive

isotopes and half-life of isotopes;Effect of radiation on biological system.

UNIT-IV

Interconversion of hexoses and pentoses; Amino acid metabolism; Coordinated control of

metabolism; Oxidation of lipids; Biosynthesis of fatty acids; Triglycerides; Phospholipids;

Sterols, Group transfer and Coupled reactions.

UNIT-V

Biochemistry and molecular biology of cancer; Oncogenes; Chemical carcinogenesis; Genetic

and metabolic disorders; Hormonal imbalances; Drug metabolism and detoxification.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Introduction to Biophysics - Cortell


3. Physical Chemistry for Life Sciences - Peter Atkins and Julio de Paula, 2006, Oxford

Press.

4. Biochemistry - Strayer

5. Molecular Cell Biology - Lodish

299 Director, SBS


Page No.59

REFERENCE BOOKS:


2. Text Book of Biophysics - R N Roy, New Central Agency (P) Ltd, Culcutta

3. Physical Chemistry for the Biosciences - Raymond Chang,(2004), University book

4. Science Biological Thermo dynamics - Donald, T Hayine, (2007), Cambridge

5. The Cell Molecular Approach - G Cooper and R Hausman (2007) ASM Press

6. Molecular Biology - D Roberties, 8th edition. SAE.


300 Director, SBS


Page No.60

SEMESTER – II



SUBJECT TITLE: Paper I: Introduction to Clinical Laboratory Technology

NUMBER OF HOURS/SEMESTER: 30 Hrs

COURSE OBJECTIVE

To gain knowledge on the clinical assessment of various diseased conditions and routine test

followed in the laboratory with the outline of clinical laboratory.


CO1: To understand the basics of clinical laboratory. (K2)



CO4: To know about the reporting of tests. (K4)

CO5: Disposal of biomedical wastes. (K6)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 10

ESE – 40

301 Director, SBS


Page No.61

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Basic laboratory principles - Code of conduct of medical laboratory personnel.The use of the

laboratory - Basic laboratory principles - Organization of Laboratory Functional components

of clinical laboratories (Cleanliness – Methods of hand wash, Cleaning of lab instruments,

Laboratory floors and table tops, precautions to be taken WRT patients, reports, analysis).

Basic needs of clinical laboratory technician, awareness of soft skills. Safety measures -

Medical laboratory professional and professionalism in laboratory workers - clinic borne

infection and personnel hygiene.

UNIT-II

Reagent preparation: preparation of molar, normal, percent solutions. Buffers, Acid, Base

solutions and its storage. Common Laboratory Equipment’s use, principle and maintenance-

spectrophotometer, Incubator, Hot Air Oven, Water Bath Centrifuge, Autoclave ,Microscopy.

Glassware – Description of Glassware, its use, handling and care.

UNIT-III

Basic Steps for Specimen collection-types of specimens- Requirement of Collection -

methods of Collection of biological fluids - Anticoagulants - Preservation of samples -

Chemical preservatives . An overview on the transportation of the samples.

UNIT-IV

Process of analysing the specimens- labeling the samples. Maintaining the sample record.

Colour code for the samples. Reporting results: a. Basic format of a test report, b. Release of

examination results c. Alteration in reports Quality Management system : Internal and

External quality control. Accuracy, Precision, and Reference value. Levi-Jenning’s chart (LJ).

UNIT-V

Biomedical waste management in a clinical laboratory: Disposal of used samples, reagents

and other biomedical waste - colour coding as per guidelines.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Medical laboratory technology Kanai L. Mukherjee, 2007, Vol.1.Tata McGraw

Hill

302 Director, SBS


Page No.62


REFERENCE BOOKS:


and Distributors.

2. Medical laboratory technology Vol.1 Kanai L. Mukherjee, 2007,. Tata McGraw Hill.


303 Director, SBS


Page No.63

SEMESTER – III



SUBJECT TITLE: Paper II: Techniques in Clinical Laboratory Technology

NUMBER OF HOURS/SEMSTER: 30 Hrs

COURSE OBJECTIVE




CO1: Understand the procedures of clinical laboratory. (K2)



CO4: Recognize histopathogical procedures. (K1)

CO5: Distinguish about blood banking procedures. (K4)


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 10

ESE – 40

304 Director, SBS


Page No.64

CONTENTS

UNIT-I







importance, Differential count, Determination of bleeding time, clotting time and prothrombin

time. Clinical Chemistry: Blood sugar Analysis- glucometer based analysis, Fasting,

Random, Post Prandial, HbA1C, and GTT.

UNIT-II







examination

UNIT-III


fluids, Peritoneal fluids and amniotic fluid. Semen analysis- physical, chemical & microscopic

examination, sperm count and motility.

UNIT-IV






305 Director, SBS


Page No.65

UNIT-V

Blood banking: Blood Group (ABO & Rh) – methods of grouping & reverse grouping. Basic




transfusion hazards - hemolytic disease of newborn. Apheresis.

TEXT BOOKS:

1.Tietz Text book of Clinical Chemistry and Molecular Diagnosis, Burtis A. Carl


2.Medical Laboratory Technology- Ramnik Sood –5th edition, 2006.

3.Handbook of Histopathological and Histochemical technique -C.F.A.Culling.3rd

edition- Butterworths. London.

4.Textbook of MLT, P.B.Godkar. 2nd edition. 2003, Bhalani publication.

REFERENCE BOOKS:


and Distributors.

2. Medical laboratory technology. Vol.1 Kanai L. Mukherjee, 2007,.Tata McGraw Hill


306 Director, SBS


Page No.66

SEMESTER II








CO1: To Understand the structure and functions of cells (K2).


body (K2).





PO1 PO2 P03 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CIA – 10

ESE – 40

307 Director, SBS


Page No.67

CONTENTS

UNIT I

Human Anatomy and Functions- Cell and their functions – Types of muscles and mechanism

of muscle contraction – Immune system – Blood components.

UNIT II

Anatomy and Physiology of Cardiovascular system - Anatomy and Physiology of central

nervous system - Anatomy and Physiology of respiratory system.

UNIT III

Anatomy and physiology of Digestive system, Anatomy and Physiology of excretory system.

UNIT IV

Anatomy and Physiology of sensory organs, Anatomy and Physiology of endocrine system.

UNIT V

Anatomy and Physiology of reproductive system – Menstruation – pregnancy.

REFERENCES:







308 Director, SBS


Page No.68

SEMESTER – II

COURSE: M. Sc., BIOCHEMISTRY SUBJECT TITLE: MODULE II – PAPER II CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY

NUMBER OF HOURS: 30 Hrs

COURSE OBJECTIVE: Understanding the diagnostic importance of diseases and disorders.


CO 1: To understand the disorders and test associated with various organs (K2).

CO 2: To understand the gastric and pancreatic function tests (K2)

CO 3: To understand the importance of minerals and acid base balance in human system.

(K2)

CO 4: To assess the abnormalities with respect to various hormones (K5)

CO 5: To enable, distinguish and interpret the diseases. (K4)


PO1 PO2 P03 PO4

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5

CONTENTS

UNIT I:

An overview of metabolism of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids and nucleic acids – Lipid profile

–Biochemical test for Blood glucose – Fasting, Post prandial, GTT and Hemoglobin A1C,

Renal function test (RFT).

CIA – 10

ESE – 40

309 Director, SBS


Page No.69

UNIT II:

Gastric, pancreatic function and Liver function (LFT) tests.

UNIT III:

Mineral metabolism - Analysis of Sodium and Potassium electrolytes and acid base balance –

using electrolyte analyser.

UNIT IV:

Biologically important hormones: Insulin, Glucagon, Epinephrine, Thyroid, Growth

Hormone, Parathyroid, Pituitary, Steroid Hormones. Hormone analysis – TFT, pregnancy test.

UNIT V:

Characteristics of growing tumor cells – biochemical and morphological changes. Cancer

markers – AFP and CEA.

REFERENCES :

1. Tietz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry- Teitz, 6th Edition.

2. Practical Clinical Biochemistry -Harold Varley, 2006

3. Introduction to medical laboratory technology – F.J. Baker, R.E. Silverton, 5th

Edition, Butterworth & Co Publishers Ltd.

310 Director, SBS


(AUTONOMOUS)





Phone No: 2666465





II Year M.Sc., Applied Microbiology



311 Director, SBS

Anx.PAMB11,2M.Sc.AMB (CMS College) 2017 2016-18 batch

Page No.2

REGULATIONS

MICROBIOLOGY: Activities of microorganisms are very important to almost every sector

of concern to mankind. From a perusal of the foregoing topics, one can find applications

(uses) of microorganisms to agriculture, forestry, food, industry, medicine, and environment.

The scope and significance of microbiology has enlarged manifold, particularly when

importance of environment was realized globally and the word environment was used in a

much wider sense in terms of totality to include almost everything in every bit of nature.

OBJECTIVES

After completing the Program of Study in Microbiology, students should be able to:

demonstrate an understanding of core concepts of Microbiology, including the

evolution and diversity of microbes; cell structure and function; metabolism;

information flow and the role of microbes in ecosystems;

Display proficiency in basic microbiological skills.

Analyze, interpret and evaluate a range of scientific literature in Microbiology.

Develop an information base for making personal health decisions in regard to

infectious diseases.

ELIGIBILITY

A pass in Under Graduate Examination with any Bioscience Degree or any other examination

accepted as equivalent there by the syndicate B. Sc in Biology / Botany / Zoology/ Chemistry/

Nursing / Biochemistry / Microbiology /or other examinations accepted as equivalent there to

by the Syndicate, subject to such other conditions as may be prescribed therefore.

DURATION OF PG COURSE

The course shall extend over a period of two years comprising of four semesters, with two

semesters per year (six periods – 50 minutes duration each /day). There shall not be less than

ninety instructional days during each semester. Examination shall be conducted at the end of

each semester for the respective subject.

312 Director, SBS


Page No.3


PART SUBJECT@ No of

Papers

Marks

@ Credits



III Project 1 150 6

Total 22 2250 90

Note: I


$ In core subjects both theory and practical are included wherever applicable.






Note: II


313 Director, SBS


Page No.4

Annexure No: PAMB11 BOS.DT: 12.6.2017


COIMBATORE – 641049


M.Sc., APPLIED MICROBIOLOGY DEGREE COURSE

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION- CBCS PATTERN


Sem

este

r

Par

t

Su

bje

ct C

od

e

Subject Title

Inst

. H

rs p

er w

eek

Examination Details

Du

rati

on i

n

Hou

rs.

CIA

En

d S

em

Exa

m

Tot

al M

ark

s

Cre

dit

s

SEMESTER I

I

Paper-I Fundamentals of microbiology 5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper-II Microbial physiology and

metabolism 5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper-III Food and dairy microbiology 5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper-IV Molecular genetics 5 3 25 75 100 4

Practical-I

Practical-I: Microbial physiology,

Molecular genetics and Food

microbiology

5 9 40 60 100 4


Total 30 - 165 435 600 24

SEMESTER II

II

Paper-V Microbial Techniques 5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper-VI Industrial Microbiology 5 3 25 75 100 4

Paper-VII Recombinant DNA Technology 5 3 25 75 100 4

314 Director, SBS


Page No.5

Paper-VIII Bioethics, Biosafety, TQM and

IPR 5 3 25 75 100 4

Practical-II

Practical II: Microbial

Techniques, Industrial

Microbiology and Recombinant

DNA Technology

5 9 40 60 100 4


Total 30 - 165 435 600 24

SEMESTER III

III






Elective III Elective III 5 3 25 75 100 4

Practical-III Practical III: Medical

Microbiology and Immunology 5 9 40 60 100 4

Total 30 - 165 435 600 24

SEMESTER IV

IV

Paper-XIII Environmental and Agricultural



Practical-IV Practical IV: Environmental and


Project 15 - 100 50 150 6

Total 30 - 190 260 450 18

Grand Total - - - - 2250 90

315 Director, SBS


Page No.6





PROJECT AND VIVA VOCE:

Project: 2 Reviews + Dissertation: 150 marks; Final Viva voce: 50 marks

The project report is the bonafide work carried out by the candidate under the guidance

of a faculty authenticated and countersigned by the Director. This project work must be

presented and defended by the candidate in the department attended by all faculties and

reviewed by external examiner. Candidate who has presented the work as ‘Not qualified

as per CBCS’ must resubmit the project again in the ensuing academic year.




Assignments and seminar: 2.5 marks + 2.5 marks = 5 marks






Practical: Marks should be awarded to each practical by the course teacher and the average of

the best ten practicals be taken for 40 marks.


monthly reviews (40 + 40) conducted by the project guide and the Director, 20 marks for

Dissertation)

316 Director, SBS


Page No.7


recommendations of class in charge, subject in charge. The final decision to be made by the

Director.


electives)


Paper I / Sem I Research

Methodology

Environment and

Health

Basic biological

sciences

Paper II / Sem II Bioinformatics

Communicable and

non-communicable

disease

Biophysics and

Biochemistry


Microbiology

Health care of the

community

Molecular cytology and

tissue Engineering

Paper IV / Sem IV

Diagnostic

Microbiology and

Molecular

Diagnostics

Quality assessments in

pharmaceuticals

Marine Biology and

Aquaculture

317 Director, SBS


Page No.8

Annex EDC: PG BS

BOS DT: 02:06:2017

CMS COLLEGE OF SCIENCE & COMMERCE, (AUTONOMOUS)





Note:


departments and is eligible to get 4 extra credits. This paper is offered as self study from the

2015 batch onwards.

Par

t

Su

b c

ode

Subject

Ins.

hrs

/ w

eek

Examinations

Du

r.

Exa

m

in

hrs

CIA

ES

E

Tot

al

mar

ks

Cre

dit

Semester III


Total - - - - 100 4

318 Director, SBS


Page No.9

COURSE: EXTRA DISCIPLINARY COURSE

SUBJECT TITLE: Organic Farming


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This course deals with the principles and practices of organic farming for sustainable

development.

GOALS

To make the student to understand basics, importance and advantages of organic farming.

OBJECTIVES

On successful completion of subject student would know about Organic farming,

vermicomposting and their applications.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Organic farming- Concept - Principles - Importance- Types- Its relevance to Indian agriculture

- Soil fertility - Nutrient recycling - Crop rotations - Requirements for organic farming -

Advantages and applications of organic farming.

UNIT-II

Methods of organic farming - Land preparation and mulching - Water management-green

manure - Composting methods - Vermicomposting – Different types of earthworms -

Different methods for vermi composting – Vermiwash - Advantages and applications - Value

addition as biofertilizer and marketing strategies.

UNIT-III

Organic farming for sustainable agriculture and crop production - Importance and different

types of biofertilizers - Production of Azolla, Azospirillum, Azotobacter and Rhizobium

biofertilizers- Ecofriendly applications of biofertilizers.

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

319 Director, SBS


Page No.10

UNIT-IV

Disease and pest management in organic farming - Biological pest control- Bio pesticides -

Neem insecticides - Integrated pest management - Bt insecticides - Advantages and

applications – Control of weeds.

UNIT-V

Integrated farming system - Objectives- Components - Factors affecting ecological balance-

Inspection, Certification and accreditation of organic product - Marketing and export potential

- Organic farming and national economy.

REFERENCES:

1. Hand Book of Organic Farming. Sharma A. 2002. Agrobios.

2. Organic Farming. Lampin N. 1990. Press Books, Lpswitch, UK.

3. Organic Farming and Sustainable Agriculture. Veeresh GK, Shivashankar K and

Suiglachar MA. 1997.

4. Organic Farming – Theory and Practice. Palaniappan SP and Anandurai K. 1999.

Scientific Publishers.

320 Director, SBS


Page No.11

SEMESTER – III


SUBJECT TITLE: Paper IX: Medical Microbiology


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION




GOALS

To gain knowledge on the aspects of the inter relationship between infectious agents and their

hosts.

OBJECTIVES



CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Introduction to Medical Microbiology: Role of Microorganisms in medicine, classification

of Medically Important microbes - Normal microflora. Infections: sources and mode of

transmission, infectious disease cycle, epidemic, endemic, pandemic diseases. Antibiotic and

chemotherapeutic agents- Mode of action. Antibiotic resistance – ABST and CLSI guidelines.

UNIT-II

Medical Bacteriology: Morphology, cultural characteristics, pathogenicity, laboratory

diagnosis and treatment of: Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pneumonia, Bacillus

anthracis, Corynebacterium diphtheriae, Clostridium tetani, Mycobacterium tuberculosis and

M. leprae, E.coli, Salmonella typhi, Shigella dysentriae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Proteus

vulgaris, Vibrio cholerae, Pseudomonas aeruginosa and Neisseria gonorrheae.

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

321 Director, SBS


Page No.12

UNIT-III

Medical Mycology: Pathogenicity, laboratory diagnosis and treatment of superficial mycoses

(Tinea, Piedra), cutaneous mycoses – Dermatophytoses, Candidosis, Subcutaneous mycoses–

(Sporotrichosis, Mycetoma), Systemic mycosis (Cryptococcosis, Histoplasmosis).

UNIT-IV

Medical parasitology: Morphology and Identification of parasites. Pathogenicity, laboratory

diagnosis and treatment of Protozoan infection of Entamoeba histolytica, Giardia intestinalis,

Trypanosoma cruzi, Plasmodium falciparum, Toxoplasma gondii, Taeniasaginata,

Ancylostoma duodenale, Enterobius vemiculari, Ascaris lumbricoides and Wuchereria

bancrofti.

UNIT-V

Sytemic Infection: UTI, URTI, LRTI, STD, Skin infections, Nosocomial, PUO– collection

transport and processing of samples. Molecular diagnostics of Microbial infections: TB,

Malaria, Aspergillosis and toxoplasmosis.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Textbook of Microbiology– Ananthanarayanan, R. and JayaramPanicker, C.K. (2005)

7th ed.Orient Longman Pvt., Ltd.



REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Medical Microbiology – Jawetz, Melnick and Adelberg’s (2001)22nd ed. Mc Graw


2. Medical Microbiology - David Greenwood. Richard Slack and John Peutherer (2000)

15th ed. Church Hill Living stone Publication.

3. Medical Parasitology – Chatterjee K.D. (2007)7thed.




322 Director, SBS


Page No.13

SEMESTER – III


SUBJECT TITLE: Core Paper XII: Virology


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This paper presents the study of virus related to bacteria, plants and animals. It provides

knowledge about the viral morphology, replication, epidemiology, pathogenesis and

prophylaxsis of DNA and RNA viruses.

GOAL

This paper, virology has been designed to provide the student with a firm foundation in the

aspects of role of viruses in Microbiology, which forms a base for their future research. This

paper also provides the basic information about different bacterial, plant and animal viruses

including oncogenic viruses.

OBJECTIVE

On the successful completion of the course, the students will get an overall understanding

about the different form viruses related to bacteria, plant and animals. Viral life cycle

including infection manifestation, multiplication, clinical aspects and prophylaxis has been

understood.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Viruses - Discovery of viruses, virus taxonomy and classification, origin and properties of

viruses, multiplication of viruses and its multiplication cycle. Structure of virus particles –

filamentous viruses, isometric viruses and enveloped viruses.

UNIT-II

Viral infection - Viral attachment and entry of genome into target cell, infection of viruses in

bacterial cells, animal cells and plant cells. Viral DNA replication - linear ss DNA and linear

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

323 Director, SBS


Page No.14

ds DNA, circular ss DNA and circular ds DNA. Viral RNA replication - nature and diversity

of RNA virus genomes, regulatory elements for RNA viral genome synthesis, RNA

replication with DNA intermediate.

UNIT-III

Bacterial virology - Classification and characteristics of bacteriophages, topography of

bacteriophages and their components, the virus infection cycle, plaque assay, T-series of DNA

bacteriophages - temperate, small DNA, DNA, RNA bacteriophages, bacteriophage growth

curve, replication of T-even phages, transfer of bacterial genes by transduction, phage

conversion.

UNIT-IV

Plant virology - Properties and morphology of plant viruses, transmission of plant viruses,

disease symptoms of plant virus, structure and morphology, mode of transmission, replication,

diagnostics and prevention of RTMV, CaMV, Rice stripe virus, Sugarcane mosaic potyvirus,

Cotton leaf crumple Bigemini virus, Potato virus X, Tomato yellow mosaic virus.

UNIT-V

Animal virology - Classification, structure, genome, replication, clinical aspects, laboratory

diagnosis and treatment and control of - DNA viruses: Pox viruses, Herpes simplex virus,

Adenovirus, Hepatitis B virus, Retrovirus. RNA viruses: Influenza virus, Rhabdo virus, Flavi

virus, HIV, Picorna virus, Reovirus.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Virology – Saravanan .P (2009) MJP Publishers.

2. Introduction to modern virology - Dimmok and Primrose, S.B. (1994) 4th Ed.

BlackwellScientific Company Publications.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Textbook of Microbiology – Ananthanarayanan, R and Jayaram Panicker, C.K.

(2005) 7thEd. Orient Longman, Pvt. Ltd.

324 Director, SBS


Page No.15

2. An Introduction to viruses - Biswass,S.B. and Amita Biswass (1984) 3rd Ed. Vikas

Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.

3. Medical Microbiology - Jawetz, E and Melnic, J.L. (2001) Tata Mc Graw Publishing

House, New Delhi.

4. Diagnostic Microbiology- Baron E.J, Peterson L.R. and Finegold, S.M.(1994)

BaileyN. Scotts, 9thEd.Mosby Publications.

5. Virology - Lewy, J.A., Fraenled, H.C. and Owens, R.A. (1994) 3rdEd. Prentice Hall.

325 Director, SBS


Page No.16

SEMESTER – III


SUBJECT TITLE: Paper XI – Immunology and Immunotechnology

NUMBER OF HOURS/WEEK: 5 hours

SUBJECT DESCRIPTION



GOALS

To understand the basics of human defense mechanisms against the invading foreign bodies.

OBJECTIVES

On successful completion of the subject, the student will be aware of immune system,

immunity and basic immunological techniques and their applications.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Introduction to Immunology, History and scope of Immunology – Cells of immune system –

Hematopoiesis and differentiation – Structure and functions of Lymphocytes – T cells (TH

cells, TC cells, TS cells), B cells and NK cells, Monocytes and Macrophages, Neutrophils,

Eosinophils, Basophils and Mast cells, Organization and structure of lymphoid organs –

Primary lymphoid organs – Bone marrow, Bursa of Fabricius and Thymus. Secondary

lymphoid tissues – Spleen, lymph nodes, MALT, BALT & GALT.

UNIT-II

Primary and Secondary immune response. Immunity – Innate immunity – Different barriers

involved in innate immunity – Acquired immunity – Humoral and cell mediated Immunity.

Antigens – Factors influencing immunogenicity, Adjuvants, Epitopes, Haptens, Super

antigens and mitogens. Antibodies – Structure and functions of different immunoglobulin

classes, Production and applications of monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies. Definition and

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

326 Director, SBS


Page No.17

Classification of Exo and Endo toxins. Vaccines: Active and Passive immunization, Types of

vaccines: Killed, attenuated and recombinant vaccines.

UNIT-III

Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC): types – Class I, II and III – distribution and

function – Antigen recognition and presentation – Activation of B and T Lymphocytes –

Cytokines and their role in immune recognition – Structure, types and biology of complement

system – Hypersensitivity reactions – Type I, II, III and IV. Autoimmune disorders – Organ

specific autoimmune diseases – Hashimoto’s thyroiditis & Systemic autoimmune diseases –

SLE and AIDS.

UNIT-IV

Tumor immunology – tumor antigens – immune response to tumors – Cancer immunotherapy.

Transplantation immunology (Graft vs Host reaction (GVHR), Host vs Graft reaction

(HVGR), MLR, HLA typing – Organ transplantation (Bone marrow transplantation, Kidney

transplantation, heart and liver transplantation) – Immunosuppressants and

immunosuppressive therapy.

UNIT-V

Immunotechnology: Salient features of antigen – antibody interactions, In vitro tests –

Precipitation reactions: Precipitation reaction in fluids, Precipitation reaction in gels: Radial,

immunodiffusion, Double immunodiffusion, Immunoelectrophoresis. Agglutination reactions:

Haemagglutination, Bacterial and Passive agglutination. ABO blood grouping, Coomb’s test,

Widal, VDRL, ASO, CRP, ELISA and complement fixation test. Immunofluorescent

techniques – FISH, FACS and immuno electron microscopy. Immunohistochemistry – An

Overview.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Kuby Immunology. Thomas J. Kindt, Richard A. Goldsby, Barbara A. Osborne

(2007) 6th edition, W.H. Freeman & Company, New York.

327 Director, SBS


Page No.18

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Essentials of Immunology. Ivan Riot (1988), 6th edition, Blackwell Scientific

Publications, Oxford.

2. Fundamentals of Immunology. Paul W.E. (1988) Raven Press, New York

3. Immunology – Jan Klein and Vaclav Horejsi (1999) Wiley-Blackwell, New York

4. Janeway’s Immunobiology – Kenneth Murphy and Casey Weaver – 9th Edison,

Garland Science, New York.

328 Director, SBS


Page No.19

SEMESTER – III


SUBJECT TITLE: Paper XII: Genomics and Proteomics


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This paper deals with genome map, comparative genomics, structural genomics, functional

genomics, protein structure prediction, function and various tools for analysis of proteins.

GOALS

To make the students familiar with genome map, comparative genomics, structural and

functional genomics and proteomics - extensively used in drug discovery and in learning

various tools for analysis of proteins.

OBJECTIVES

To understand the genome architecture and extracting information like gene function, gene

regulation, protein evolution and targets for drug designing.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Genomics: Introduction to Genomics, Genome topology: Chromatin, super coiling and

packaging. Genome organization: Genome organization in prokaryotic and eukaryotic

systems: Operon concept. Genome sequencing - Shot gun, clone-contings, pyrosequening.

NGS (Next Generation Sequencing).

Genome analysis - Chromosome analysis: Basic strategy for genetic analysis in human:

Linkage mapping, physical mapping, genetic mapping and restriction mapping.

UNIT-II

Annotation of the Genome: Various approaches in gene prediction, ORF prediction, Gene

prediction in prokaryotes, Gene prediction in eukaryotes, Hidden Markov Model, Pattern

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

329 Director, SBS


Page No.20

discrimination, Evaluation of gene prediction method and Prediction of promoter sequences.

Applications of Genomics

UNIT-III

Functional Genomics: Gene expression analysis by cDNA micro arrays, SAGE. EST

databases (DBEST, UNIGENE).

Genomic Diversity- General Purpose of Comparative Genomics Database: Cog- Cluster of

Orthologous Groups, Kegg Kyoto Encyclopedia of Genes and Genomes, MBGD Microbial

Genome Database, Tools for Genomic Comparison and functions of functional genomics.

UNIT-IV

Principles of Protein classification: Based on Structural features, Phylogenetic relationship,

CATH - Classification by Class, Architecture, Topology, Homology, SCOP - Structural

Classification of Protein, FSSP – Fold classification based on structure - structure alignment,

MMDB - Molecular Modeling Database. Secondary structure prediction: Chou – Fasman /

GOR method, Neural network.

UNIT-V

Analytical proteomics: Sample preparation and processing, Proteome analysis techniques:

2D PAGE, Capillary Electrophoresis, Spectroscopy: NMR, MS and MALDI-TOF and its

variants. 3D structural analysis: X-ray crystallography / X-ray diffraction analysis.

Applications of proteomics.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Bioinformatics - Methods and Applications, Genomics, Proteomics & Drug

discovery –S.C. Rastogi, Namita Mendiratta & Parag Rastogi. Printice Hall of India

private limited, 4th ed., 2013, New Delhi.

2. Principles of Genome analysis and genomics – S.B. Primrose and Twyman (2003)

3rd Edition, Blackwell publishing.

3. Bioinformatics - Sequence and Genome analysis- David W Mount, CBS publishers

and distributors, 2nd ed., 2005.

330 Director, SBS


Page No.21

4. Bioinformatics - A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins- Andreas

D Baxevanis & B F Francis Ouellette , A John Wiley and Sons, INC., Publications, 2nd

ed., 2002.

5. Genomics – The science and technology behind the human genome project –

Charles R. Cantor, 4th ed., 1999.

6. Proteomics. S.R. Pennigton and M.J. Dunn. 2002. 2nd., Viva Books Private Limited.

New Delhi (for Units III and IV and V.)

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Proteomics- From protein sequence to function - S R Pennington & M J Dunn (2002),

2nd ed., Viva Books Pvt. Ltd.

2. Genes VII - Lewin B (2000), 7th ed., Oxford University Press, UK.

3. Essential Bioinformatics - Jin Xiong (2006), Cambridge University Press.

4. Recent advances in Bioinformatics - Irfan A Khan & Atiya Khunum (2003), Ukaaz

Publications.

5. Introduction to Proteomics – Principles and applications by Nawin Mishra, 2010.

6. Proteomics in practice – Reiner Westermeier and Tom Naven, 2002.

331 Director, SBS


Page No.22

SEMESTER – III


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective III: Group A- Pharmaceutical Microbiology


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION


pharmacy. The information about gene therapy and diagnostic aids indicates the usage of

advancement in pharmacy research. Concepts of intellectual property rights and international

trade in the syllabus infer importance of patenting and trading of pharmaceutical products.

GOAL


the pharmaceutical aspects of microbiology, which forms a base for their future research. This

paper also provides the basics in IPR for better understanding of industrialization of the


OBJECTIVE


production aspects of pharmaceutical important enzymes and products, diagnostic aids and

intellectual property and international trade.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Introduction to Pharmaceutical microbiology - The ecology of microorganisms affecting

pharmaceutical industry – The atmosphere, water, skin & respiratory flora of personnel, raw-

materials, packing, equipments, building, utensils etc. Types of microorganisms occurring in

pharmaceutical products. Types of antimicrobial agents and their uses (alcohol, phenolic

compounds, formaldehyde).

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

332 Director, SBS


Page No.23

UNIT-II

Antimicrobial agents: Types of Antibacterial, antifungal and antiviral compounds.

Commercial production and mode of action - penicillin, cephalosporin.

UNIT-III

Assay for growth inhibiting substances – Assay for non-medicinal antimicrobials (Phenol

coefficient/Rideal-Walker Coefficient). Drug sensitivity testing methods and their importance.

Assay for antibiotics – Determination of MIC, the liquid tube assay, solid agar tube assay,

agar plate assay (disc diffusion, agar well and cylinders cup method).

UNIT-IV

Gene therapy and diagnostic aids: Disease prevention by vaccines (DNA vaccines), disease

diagnosis probes, monoclonal antibodies, disease treatment products from recombinant

organisms, interferon, antisense nucleotides as therapeutic agents, drug delivery (Viral

delivery and therapeutic strategies, non-viral delivery, gene delivery to skin, use of liposomes

as drug delivery system).

UNIT-V

Intellectual Property: Concepts regarding Intellectual Property (IP) Intellectual Property

Protection (IPP) and Intellectual Property rights (IPR). Economic Importance mechanisms for

protection of Intellectual Property - patents, copy rights, trademarks, Factors affecting choice

of IP Protection penalties for violation, Role of IP in Pharma industry: Global ramifications

and financial implications.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Pharmaceutical biotechnology – Purohit, Kulkarni, Saluja (2003) Agrobios.


Oxford.

REFERENCE BOOKS


333 Director, SBS


Page No.24

2. The basic science of gene therapy – Richard C. Mulligan (1993) American



Press.


334 Director, SBS


Page No.25

SEMESTER – III


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective III: Group B – Health Care of the Community


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

The paper describes about the contact between the individual and the health system.

GOALS

To gain knowledge about the types of health care system provided in the society.

OBJECTIVES

On successful completion of the subject, the student will know about the personal health care,

physical and mental health.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Nutrition and health - Balanced Diet, food surveillance, food fortifications- addition of

vitamins and minerals - Adulteration and preventive steps.

UNIT-II

Physical health-care of skin, hair, teeth, eyes, ears, hands and feet-physical exercises and their

importance - Walking and jogging – Yoga and meditation – stress Relief.

UNIT-III

Health Programmes and health education – Malaria control – TB control – AIDS control

programmes Immunization programmes.

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

335 Director, SBS


Page No.26

UNIT-IV

Social sciences and mental health – Sociology; Social structure, culture and customs – social

problems-Mental health – cases of mental illness Alcoholism and drug dependence –

prevention Rehabilitation.

UNIT-V

Family planning, Maternal and child health – Antenatal and Postnatal care – Reproductive and

child Health programme. (RCH).

REFERENCES:

1. Park’s Text books of preventive and social medicine

2. Immune-biotechnology by Naha & Narain

3. Immunology by Dulsy Fatima & N.Arumugam

4. Food and Nutrition by L.Swaminathan

5. Dietics by Srilakshmi

6. Practice of fertility control and Comprehensive manual - S.K.Choudhary. 6th

edition.

336 Director, SBS


Page No.27

SEMESTER – III


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective III: Group C – Molecular Cytology and Tissue Engineering


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

Molecular Cytology and tissue engineering deals with the study of the structure and functions

of the cells of animals and plants; especially, the study of the cells of the human body, and of

the significance of changes

GOAL

To provide the knowledge of tissue engineering in the use of a combination

of cells, engineering and materials methods, and suitable biochemical and physicochemical

factors to improve or replace biological functions.

OBJECTIVE

Understanding the principles of basic cell molecular biology and the fundamental and

quantitative principles of tissue engineering.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Molecular basis of signal transduction in bacteria, plants and animals; Model membranes;

protein sorting, secretory and endocytic pathways, cell cycle; Dosage compensation and sex

determination and sex-linked inheritance

UNIT-II

The law of DNA constancy and C-value paradox; Numerical, and structural changes in

chromosomes; Molecular basis of spontaneous and induced mutations and their role in

evolution; polypoidy; Environmental mutagenesis and toxicity testing; Population genetics.

Environmental regulation of gene expression

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

337 Director, SBS


Page No.28

UNIT-III

Cell and tissue culture in plants and animals; Primary culture; Cell line; Cell clones; Callus

cultures; Somaclonal variation; Micropropagation; Somatic embryogenesis; Haploidy;

Protoplast fusion and somatic hybridization; Cybrids.

UNIT-IV

Gene transfer methods in plants and in animals; Transgenic biology; Allopheny; Artificial

seeds; Gene targeting. Applications of genetic engineering in agriculture, health and industry.

UNIT-V

Histology –Basics of mammalian systems, nutrition, digestion and absorption; Circulation

(open and closed circular, lymphatic systems, blood composition and function); Excretion and

osmoregulation: Homeostatis (neural and hormonal); Bioluminiscence.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Molecular Biology of the Cell. Alberts, B. et al. (2008). 5th Ed. Garland Publishing

House.

2. The World of the Cell. Becker. (2009). 7th ed. Benjamin-Cummings.

3. Genomes 2. Brown, T. A. (2002). Wilely-Liss.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. The Cell. Cooper, G. M. (2004). 3rd ed. ASM Press.

2. Introduction to genetic analysis. Griffiths, A. J. F., Wessler, S. R., Lewontin, R. C.

and Carroll, S. B. 2008. 9th ed. W. H. Freeman and Company, New York.

3. Modern Genetic Analysis: Integrating Genes and Genomics. Griffiths, A. J. F.

(2002). 2nd ed. W. H. Freeman and Company, New York.

4. Tissue Engineering - Clemens Van Blitterswick (2008). Academic Press 1st edition

338 Director, SBS


Page No.29

SEMESTER – III


SUBJECT TITLE: Practical III: Medical Microbiology and Immunology


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This Practical paper deals with the pathogenic microorganism of human beings, serology and

immunological techniques.

GOAL

This paper gives strong basic knowledge in sample collection and identification of various

pathogenic microorganisms.

OBJECTIVE


medical microbiology.

CONTENTS

Medical Microbiology:

1. Collection, transport and processing of specimens – Urine, sputum, pus, blood, throat

swab, stools and wound exudates.

2. Isolation and identification of specimen associated bacterial pathogens - Escherichia

coli, Klebsiella sp., Proteus sp., Salmonella sp., Shigella sp., Pseudomonas sp.,

Staphylococcus sp., Streptococcus sp.

3. Antibiotic sensitivity pattern of clinical isolates.

4. Cultivation of animal virus in embryonated eggs (Demonstration)

Serology:

A. Agglutination Reactions

5. ABO blood grouping

CIA – 40

ESE – 60

339 Director, SBS


Page No.30

6. Antistreptolysin- O test

7. C-reactive protein test

8. WIDAL test (qualitative and quantitative)

B. Precipitation Reactions

9. Counter-current immunoelectrophoresis

10. Immunoelectrophoresis

11. Ouchterlony’s double immunodiffusion test

12. Radial immunodiffusion test

13. Dot-ELISA test

REFERENCES:

1. Experiments in microbiology plant pathology and biotechnology – Aneja, K.R.

(2003) 4thed. New age international publ.




4. Microbiology-Laboratory Manual – Sudarajan, M. (2001)

5. Experimental Procedures in Life Sciences - Rajan, S. (2010) Anjana book house.

340 Director, SBS


Page No.31

SEMESTER – IV


SUBJECT TITLE: Paper-XIII-Environmental and Agricultural Microbiology


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This paper presents the study of soil, microbial inhabitants and its association with plant and

other organisms.

GOAL

This paper is designed to give basic knowledge about types and structure of the soil, both

beneficial and harmful microorganisms present in the soil.

OBJECTIVE

After the completion of this paper, the Students will understand the interaction of

microorganisms with the plants and the production of bio fertilizers.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Soil and Microorganisms: Physical and chemical characteristics of soil, Soil microflora-

bacteria, actinomycetes, algae, fungi, virus, protozoans & nematodes and their significance.

Microbial interactions with plants: Phyllosphere and Rhizosphere, Microbial interactions with

animals - insect and rumen, Brief account on microbial interactions - symbiosis, mutualism,

commensalism, competition, amensalism, synergism, parasitism, predation.

UNIT-II

Pollution Types: Air-pollution, sources, effects, Biological treatment of toxic gases-aerosol,

droplet nuclei- air quality analysis-air sampling device-air borne diseases. Water-sources

(microbiological)-water quality analysis, MPN technique and Membrane filtration, biological

treatment methods (aerobic, anaerobic methods) for effluent, Water borne diseases-Typhoid,

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

341 Director, SBS


Page No.32

cholera, Amoebic dysentery. Microbial indicators of pollution. BOD and COD, Solid waste

management methods.

UNIT-III

Biogeochemical cycles: Mobilization and immobilization of elements - carbon cycle –

nitrogen cycle. Biological nitrogen fixation - nitrogenase enzyme, nif genes, symbiotic

nitrogen fixation (Rhizobium, Frankia), non-symbiotic nitrogen fixation (Azotobacter sp and

Azospirillum sp), VAM – ecto, endo & ectendomycorrhizae - phosphorous, sulfur and Iron

cycle. Biodegradation of xenobiotics, Biosorption and Biomining.

UNIT-IV

Biofertilizers and Biopesticides: Biofertilizers and their importance in crop productivity,

Mass production of bacterial biofertilizers (Rhizobium, Azospirillum, Azotobacterand

Phosphate solubilizing bacteria), Algal, Cyanobacterial and fungal (Mycorrhizae)

biofertilizers - significance and practice, Biopesticides: Bacterial (Bt pesticides), fungal

(Trichoderma), Viral biopesticides – Baculovirus, NPV insecticides, Biomass production,

formulation and large scale application.

UNIT-V

Plant pathology: Symptoms, disease cycle and control measures of Bacterial diseases -

Blight of rice, citrus canker, wilt of potato, fungal diseases - Blast of rice, rust of wheat, smut

of sugarcane, red rot of sugarcane and viral diseases - Vein clearing disease, TMV.

Transmission of Viral infections through vectors - grasshopper and aphids.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Soil Microbiology – Subba Rao, N.S. (2004) 4th edition, Oxford & IBH Publishing

Co.pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.

2. Soil Microbiology - Mishra, R.R. (2004) 1st edition, CBS Publishers and distributors,

New Delhi.

3. Diseases of Crop Plants in India - Rangaswamy, G &Mahadevan, A. (2002) 4th

edition, Prentice-Half of India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi.

4. Biofertilizers in Agriculture and Forestry - Subbarao, N.S. (1995) 3rd edition,

Oxford Ltd, New Delhi.

342 Director, SBS


Page No.33

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Agricultural Microbiology - Rangaswami, G & D.G. Bagyaraj, 2nd Edition, Prentice-

Hall of India, New Delhi.

2. Microbial Ecology - Atlas R.N &Bartha, R. 4th edition, Benjamin-Cummings.

3. Soil Microbiology - Robert, L. Tate, 1st edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Newyork.

4. Introduction to Soil Microbiology - Alexander, M. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

Newyork.

343 Director, SBS


Page No.34

SEMESTER – IV


SUBJECT TITLE: Elective IV: Group: A – Diagnostic Microbiology and Molecular

Diagnosis


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This paper presents the study of diagnosis of various infectious agents.

GOALS

This paper has been designed to understand the basics of medically important microorganisms

and to diagnosis of a pathogen through safe handling and processing techniques

OBJECTIVES

On the successful completion of the course, the students will have an overall understanding of

various techniques required to isolate the given pathogen.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

General concepts in specimen collection and handling in bacterial infections: Basic principles

of specimen Collection – Preservation, storage, transport of specimen (urine, stool, pus and

blood) and processing of clinical samples – Direct examination – Microscopy – Culture

methods for bacteria.

UNIT-II

Emerging technologies in detection of bacterial infections: Microscopic methods for rapid

detection – (Vitek, Microscan, Sensititre and Pasco methods). Direct microbial antigenic

detection – Precipitation test (Immunodiffusion test), agglutination test (Latex),

Immunofluorescence assay, Enzyme immunoassay (ELISA). Serological diagnosis –

complement fixation. Neutralization test (ASO test), Western blot technique. Molecular

Methods – Nucleic acid hybridization and PCR.

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

344 Director, SBS


Page No.35

UNIT-III

Lab diagnosis of viral infections: Specimen selection and collection – throat, naspharyngeal

swabs, bronchial washes, rectal swabs, stool and skin lesions. Virus detection methods –

cytology and histology, Electron microscopy, Immunodiagnosis – antigen detection, PCR and

cell culture (cell line and cytopathic effect).

UNIT-IV

Lab diagnosis of fungal infections: collection and transport of clinical specimens – respiratory

tract secretions, CSF, blood and urine. Identification methods – direct detection, microscopy

and cultivation of dermatophytes. Opportunistic mycoses – Aspergillus spp, Systemic

mycoses – Histoplasma capsulatum and Candida albicans

UNIT-V

Lab diagnosis of parasitic infections: General specimen collection and transport of specimens

– Approaches in identification – O&P examination – pinworm examination – Biopsy

examination – blood smear staining (thick and thin). Cultivation – Larval stages, nematodes

and protozoa. Organism identification in body organs – amoeba and flagellates.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Diagnostic Microbiology (Bailey& Scott’s) - Betty A Forbes and Daniel Sahm, 12th

edition, Mosby Elsevier publications.

2. Textbook of Microbiology– Ananthanarayanan, R. and Jayaram Panicker, C.K.

(2005). 7th ed. Orient Longman Pvt., Ltd.



REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Medical Microbiology – Jawetz, Melnick and Adelberg’s (2001). 22nd ed. McGraw


2. Medical Microbiology - David Greenwood. Richard Slack and John Peutherer.

(2000). 15th ed. Church Hill Living stone Publication.

345 Director, SBS


Page No.36

3. Medical Parasitology – Chatterjee K.D. (2007) 7th ed.


5. Textbook of Medical parasitology– Jayaram Panicker C.K. (2004). JP Brothers,


346 Director, SBS


Page No.37

SEMESTER – IV

COURSE: M.Sc: Applied Microbiology

PAPER TITLE: Elective-IV: Group B – Quality Assessment In Pharmaceuticals

NUMBER OF HOURS/WEEK: 5 hrs

SUBJECT DESCRIPTION


assurance, maintenance of quality with good manufacturing practices.

GOALS

This paper has been designed to understand the principles of quality assurance as a function of

total quality management and the methodology necessary to establish and implement quality

assurance program for a manufacturing plant.

OBJECTIVES

On the successful completion of the course, the students will have an overall understanding of

a comprehensive review of quality assurance, from the concepts and practical applications of

total quality management to all aspects of the manufacturing procedures. The information also

provides students with a broad foundation in this area of pharmaceutical industries.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I





UNIT-II



CIA – 25

ESE – 75

347 Director, SBS


Page No.38

pharmaceutical products – injections, Non injectable sterile fluids, Ophthalmic preparations,

dressings & implants.

UNIT-III

Sterilization control - methods of sterility testing- sterilization monitors and Quality assurance

of products. The microbiological quality and regulatory requirements for natural and

nutraceutical products, The regulatory control and quality assurance of immunological



UNIT-IV

The role of the Qualified Person in microbiological quality assurance, Safety in microbiology,

Rapid enumeration and identification methods, Selection and use of cleaning and disinfection

agents in pharmaceutical manufacturing, Prevention and elimination of microbial biofilms in

the manufacturing environment using Clean-in-Place, Cleanroom design, operation and

regulatory standards.

UNIT-V






TEXT BOOKS:


2. Pharmaceutical Microbiology – Hugo, WB. And Russel, AD. Blackwell Scientific,

Oxford.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Gene therapy - Templeton and Lasic. (2000). Marcel and Dekkn.

348 Director, SBS


Page No.39

2. The basic science of gene therapy – Richard C. Mulligan. (1993). American


3. Comprehensive biotechnology - Murray Moo-Young (Ed) Vol-3. (2004). Permagon

Press.

4. Pharmaceutical biotechnology – Purohit. (2003). 2nded. Agrobios.

349 Director, SBS


Page No.40

SEMESTER – IV


PAPER TITLE: Elective-IV: Group C – Marine Biology and Aquaculture

NUMBER OF HOURS/WEEK: 5 hrs

SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This paper deals with the aquatic environment and the types of biological community present

in it and adds on the fisheries management and its pathology.

GOAL

The completion of this paper provides the students to get are of the marine environment and to

create basic understanding of the nutritional requirements of fish/shellfish.

OBJECTIVE

To provide a deep knowledge on the marine biology and aquaculture.

CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Biological Oceanography: The sea as a Biological environment: classification of marine

environment; general characters of the populations of the primary biotic divisions (plankton,

nekton and benthos) - Introduction of plankton; general classification and composition of

plankton; floating mechanism of plankton. Collection of plankton; general account of

instruments and nets employed; methods of fixation and preservation of plankton; analysis of

samples, methods of estimating standing crop of plankton.

UNIT-II

Biology of Marine Organisms-I: Nutrition: Types of food, general mechanisms of feeding;

transport of food through gut: digestion, digestive enzymes. Excretion – Nitrogen excretion;

mode of nitrogen excretion, Elimination of nitrogenous waste. Respiration respiratory

mechanisms: factors effecting respiration (Salinity, temperature and oxygen tension);

CIA – 25

ESE – 75

350 Director, SBS


Page No.41

respiratory pigments: role in transport of oxygen and carbon dioxide. Osmotic regulation and

ion regulation: mechanisms: general account.

UNIT-III

Estuaries and Coastal Zone management: Estuarine environment: classification and

physico – chemical parameters of estuaries. Distribution of estuarine plankton, nekton and

benthos. Estuarine birds, estuarine food web. Mangroves, sea-grasses, marine fungi. Coastal

Zone Management: Coastal resources i.e. finish, shellfish and non-living resources and their

management. Impact of dredging, mining and pollution on coastal habitats and their

management methods. Remote sensing application in coastal zone management. Coastal zone

regulations.

UNIT-IV

Basics of fish and shellfish health management: Host-pathogen-environment relationship,

Management of culture systems, Environmental stress. Diseases in aquaculture: parasitic,

bacterial, viral and fungal pathogens of fish and shellfish. Water, soil, environmental

parameters and their effects on fish health. Disease in hatcheries and grow out systems.

Epidemiology of diseases, nutritional pathology.

UNIT-V

Defence system in fish and shellfish: Defence systems in fish, innate and acquired immunity,

inflammation response to diseases. Antibody and cell mediated immunity in fish and shellfish.

Techniques in health management: Microbiological, haematological, histopathological,

immunological and molecular techniques. Disease surveillance and reporting.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Marine Biology. Friedrich H. Sidgwick & Jackson, 1969.

2. Ecology of estuaries. Mc Lusky D.S. Hinmann, 1971.

3. Fish diseases. Aline, W. 1980. Springer – Verlay, Berlin Heidelberg, New York

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Fish diseases (Vol. I & II). Schaperclaus, W. 1986. Oxonian Press Pvt. Ltd.

351 Director, SBS


Page No.42

2. Environmental Stress and Fish Diseases. Wedmeyer, G. Meyer, F.P. and Smith, L.,

1999. Narendra Publishing House, Delhi.

3. Fish Pathology. Ronald J. Roberts Ed. 1989. 2nd Edition, Baillere Tindall, London.

4. Principal diseases of Marine Fish and Shelfish. Vol. I & II - Carl, J. Sindermann

1990. 2nd Edition. Academic Press.

352 Director, SBS


Page No.43

SEMESTER – IV


SUBJECT TITLE: Practical IV: Environmental and Agricultural microbiology


SUBJECT DESCRIPTION

This Practical paper deals with the Environmental and agricultural aspects of Microbiology

GOAL

This paper gives strong basic knowledge about the microbial load of soil, rhizosphere and

phyllosphere.

OBJECTIVE


biofertilizer production and nitrogen fixation.

CONTENTS:

1. Isolation of microbes from rhizosphere

2. Isolation of microorganism from phyllosphere

3. Isolation of phosphate solubilisers from soil

4. Isolation of free living and symbiotic nitrogen fixers

5. Isolation of plant pathogens

(a) Bacteria

(b) Fungi

6. Estimation of BOD

7. Estimation of COD

8. Microbial response to heavy metal contaminants.

9. Water Quality – MPN Technique.

CIA – 40

ESE – 60

353 Director, SBS


Page No.44

10. Production of Bacterial Biofertiliser –Demo

11. Testing of antagonistic activity of soil microbes

REFERENCES:

1. Experiments in Microbiology, Plant pathology & Biotechnology - Aneja, K.R.

(2005) 5th edn. NAI Publ.

2. Microbiology: A lab manual. Cappuccino and Sherman, (2008). 6th edn. Pearson

Education,

3. Microbiology-Practical Lab Manual - Kannan, K. (2002). Palani Paramount

Publishers.

354 Director, SBS


Page No.45

SEMESTER – IV


PROJECT WORK (Duration: 1st December to 28th February)

TOTAL PROJECT HOURS/WEEK: 15

Rules and regulations to be followed:

Project can be carried out at the college premises or at any research institution* or

renowned industry* for a period of three months (*prior permission is required from

the Director).

Allotment of guides will be done as per the Lot system in the third semester.

Review of the project work will be conducted in two stages in the month of Jan and

Feb (after internal and model examinations) for Internal and External students.

For Internal Projects:

The concern guides will maintain attendance. At the end of each month they have to

submit a consolidated attendance to the class in charge.

Requirement of chemicals and glasswares for the project work will be submitted to the

Director with the recommendation from concerned guides on or before 30th of

October. Purchase of expensive items (chemicals or imported chemicals or special

glasswares) will not be permitted.

Students who are doing their project work at CMS shall submit a weekly report of

their research work to their respective guides. Moreover, they have to submit a

monthly report (in MS word format as attachment) to the Director and a copy to be

mailed to [email protected] on or before 30th of each month.

For External Projects:

After getting the permission students can approach the research institute or industry.

Request letter to the Industry or institution can be received from the Director.

CIA – 100 ESE – 50

355 Director, SBS


Page No.46

After acceptance, a confirmation/acceptance letter or email to be submitted to the

Director through proper channel (ie., signed by the guide and CC).

Students who are doing their project work in external labs shall submit a weekly report

of their research work to their guide by letter or email. Moreover, they have to submit

a monthly report (in MS word format as attachment) to the Director by email and a

copy to [email protected] on or before 30th of each month.

At the time of completion of their project work in the month of February, students

have to submit original attendance certificate (in letter pad) from research lab or

Industry to the Director duly recommended and forwarded by the guides and CCs.

Based on the recommendations by the guide, attendance will be provided to the

students. The original certificate approved by the Director to be enclosed in the thesis.

Dissertation:

A Common format of the dissertation to be followed by all the students of SBS. A

template of dissertation will be given to each student by email in the month of January.

Final copy will be given for printing after the approval by the concerned guide.

At least one publication of their project work in any journal with ISSN number is

recommended.

Students have to submit three copies of their dissertation duly signed by the guide, CC

and the Director (One original and two copies neatly bound) at the time of viva voce

examination.

Any deviations from above mentioned rules and regulations will not be considered.

***************************************************************************

356 Director, SBS

college of science and commerce (autonomous) chinnavedampatti, coimbatore - 641 049 an autonomous...

Documents